Professional Documents
Culture Documents
2002-2008 Fiesta Manual Electrical Wiring Diagrams
2002-2008 Fiesta Manual Electrical Wiring Diagrams
CONNECTORS
Parking Brake Switch.......................................................................................................... 206-05-2
1 31s-GE44 BK-RD WA075
NAG-14488-ACA
G340
TO PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
HARNESS 14K024
CONNECTORS
Low Brake Fluid Warning Indicator Switch......................................................................... 206-06-2
1 31-GC7 BK WA0.75
2 31s-GC6 BK-YE WA0.50
XR3T-14A464-AA
C-305
TO BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
HARNESS 14401
SCHEMATICS
Anti-Lock Control ................................................................................................................ 206-09A-2
CONNECTORS
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module.............................................................................. 206-09A-4
Front Wheel Speed Sensor LH ........................................................................................... 206-09A-5
Front Wheel Speed Sensor RH .......................................................................................... 206-09A-6
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module.............................................................................. 206-09A-7
- 30DC1 BK WAZS.0
IN DIESEL 35.0
I
I
F5 SOA 3'3
?"?
c 1
I
1DB1 RD WA6.O
080
Ccmmunlcatlons Netw:
080 /
Canmunlcallons Netwc
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G566724)
206-09A-3 Anti-Lock Control
lgnlllon Switch
RF-SIG C1-5
RF-GND C1-6
LRSlG C1-3
LR-GND C1-2 Rear Wheel S p e d Sensor LH
PART 1 OF
CADI
Ant1 Lcck Bra!ie System (ABS) Module
G304
TO ABS MODULE MK70
HARNESS 14401
91AG-14A464-BBC
G334
TO LEFT FROM WHEEL SENSOR
HARNESS 14401
4-EC9 GY WAO.50
31-CF6 BK WA 2.5
ZLlT-14A464-AA(XXX)
G303
TO ABS MODULE MK60
HARNESS 14401
SCHEMATICS
Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist...................................................................................... 206-09B-2
CONNECTORS
Brake Master Cylinder Primary Pressure Transducer ........................................................ 206-09B-4
Yaw Rate Sensor ................................................................................................................ 206-09B-5
kc- -----
-
15887 GNW WA0.75
WB
J
s
3
~14401
DBO
~ " " i c a 1 t r n
DBO
N$i
$
C m m u n i c a l l m s Nehvork
I& I R 1
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G564259)
206-09B-3 Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist
GNRD WA075
2006.0Fiesta (G564259)
1 SCF64 EN-YE WA0.75
2 8-CF64 WH-BK WA0.75
3 7-CF64 YE-BK WA0.75
C684
TO PRIMARY BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR
HARNESS 14401
C-688
TO YAWRATE ACCELERATION
HARNESS 14401
SCHEMATICS
Electro-Hydraulic Power Steering (EHPS) ......................................................................... 211-02-2
CONNECTORS
Power Steering Control (PSC) Module ............................................................................... 211-02-4
Power Steering Control (PSC) Module............................................................................... 211-02-5
5 15REB GN.YE WA0.75 lCDAl GN-YE WA0.75 5 1CDAl
14401 2 14K024
211-02-3 Electro-Hydraulic Power Steerinq (EHPS)
G281
TO EHPAS MODULE
HARNESS 14KO11
CONNECTORS
Ignition Switch..................................................................................................................... 211-05-2
Steering Column Multifunction Switch................................................................................ 211-05-3
Hazard Flasher Switch........................................................................................................ 211-05-4
Ignition Relay...................................................................................................................... 211-05-5
Hazard Flasher Switch ........................................................................................................ 2 11-05-6
PIN 1 => 15-RA1GN-RD0.75 WA t 15-DA1GN-YE 0.75 WA
G329
TO IGNITION SWITCH
HARNESS 14K024
3 30-888 RD WA6.O
2 91.887 BK-BU WA0.75 +91-PG6 BK-YE WA0.50
5 15.082 GN-BU WA6.0
1 15-887 GN-BU WA0.75
2S6T-14A481-CB
C328
TO IGNITION RELAY
HARNESS 14401
G341
TO HAZARD SWITCH
HARNESS 14K024
CONNECTORS
Cooling Fan Relay .............................................................................................................. 303-03A-2
Cooling Fan Resistor.......................................................................................................... 303-03A-3
High Speed Cooling Fan Relay .......................................................................................... 303-03A-4
Cooling Fan Motor .............................................................................................................. 303-03A-5
PIN 1 => 15SPA7 GN-BU 0.75 WA
PIN 5 => 15SPA6 GN-YE 4.0 WA
3 30-PA8 RD WA4.0
2006.0Fiesta (G831968)
- - _ - - - -_ -
G40B
TO ENGINE COOLING FAN RESISTOR
HARNESS 14KO11
2 31-PA6 BK WA4.0
WOK
TO ENGINE COOLINGFAN MOTOR (NC)
HARNESS 14KO11OR 12ASZ
CONNECTORS
Cooling Fan Motor.............................................................................................................. 303-03B-2
C419
TO ENGINE COOLING FAN MOTOR (LESS AIC)
HARNESS 14K011
CONNECTORS
Cooling Fan Relay.............................................................................................................. 303-03C-2
Cooling Fan Resistor.......................................................................................................... 303-03C-3
High Speed Cooling Fan Relay .......................................................................................... 303-03C-4
Cooling Fan Motor.............................................................................................................. 303-03C-5
303-03C-2 Cooling Fan Rela
Information not available arthis time
CONNECTORS
Fuel Pressure Regulator..................................................................................................... 303-04A-2
Fuel lnjector 1 ..................................................................................................................... 303-04A-3
Fuel lnjector 2..................................................................................................................... 303-04A-4
Fuel lnjector 3..................................................................................................................... 303-04A-5
Fuel lnjector 4..................................................................................................................... 303-04A-6
303-04A-2 Fuel Pressure Regulator
Information not available at this time
CONNECTORS
Fuel lnjector I.....................................................................................................................
Fuel lnjector 2.....................................................................................................................
Fuel lnjector 3.....................................................................................................................
Fuel lnjector 4.....................................................................................................................
Fuel Pressure Regulator.....................................................................................................
Fuel Injector I.....................................................................................................................
Fuel lnjector 2.....................................................................................................................
Fuel lnjector 3.....................................................................................................................
Fuel Injector 4 .....................................................................................................................
2 91s-RL10 BK-WH WK0.75
1 15s-RLlO GN-WH WK0.75
97AG-14A464-HBA
G765
TO INJECTOR 1 VALVE SOLENOID (1.3)
HARNESS 9H589
G766
TO INJECTOR 2 VALVE SOLENOID (1.3)
HARNESS 9H589
97AG-14A464-HBA
G768
TO INJECTOR 4 VALVE SOLENOID (1.3)
HARNESSSHSBS
C705
TO FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
HARNESS 14K011
2006.0Fiesta (G832008)
303-04B-7 Fuel Injector 1
G479
TO INJECTOR 1 VALVE SOLENOID (1.411.6)
HARNESS 9H589
97AG-14A464-KBA
G480
TO INJECTOR 2 VALVE SOLENOID (1.411.6)
HARNESS 9H589
97AG-14A464-KBA
C481
TO INJECTOR 3 VALVE SOLENOID (1.411.6)
HARNESS 9H589
G482
TO INJECTOR 4 VALVE SOLENOID (1.411.6)
HARNESS 9H589
CONNECTORS
Fuel Pressure Regulator..................................................................................................... 303-04C-2
Fuel lnjector 1.................................................................................................................... 303-04C-3
Fuel lnjector 2.................................................................................................................... 303-04C-4
Fuel lnjector 3..................................................................................................................... 303-04C-5
Fuel lnjector 4..................................................................................................................... 303-04C-6
Fuel Metering Valve............................................................................................................ 303-04C-7
Fuel Heater......................................................................................................................... 303-04C-8
303-04C-2 Fuel Pressure Regulator
Information not available at th~stime
2S6T-14A464-DJA
G455
TO INTAKE AIR THROTTLE VALVE SOLENOID(D1ESEL IV EOBD)
HARNESS 14KO11
C-655
TO DIESEL FUEL HEATER
HARNESS 14KO11
2006.0Fiesta (G832357)
303-04D-1
Fuel Charging and Controls Turbocharger
- I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
- 303-04D-1
CONNECTORS
Turbocharger Variable Vane Actuator................................................................................. 303-04D-2
I 15s-R!2 GN-OG WA0.75
2 91SRL22 BK-RD WA0.75
2S6T-14A464-DLA
G749
TO VARIABLE TURBO CONlROL VALVE SOLONOID
HARNESS 14K011
CONNECTORS
Fuel lnjector ............................................................................................. 303-04E-2
Fuel lnjector 2.................................................................................................................... 303-04E-3
Fuel lnjector 3..................................................................................................................... 303-04E-4
Fuel lnjector 4..................................................................................................................... 303-04E-5
1 91s-RL10 BK-WH WK0.75
2 15s-RL10 GN-WH WK0.75
1 X4T-14A464-AAB
C261
TO INJECTOR 1 VALVE SOLONOID (ST150)
HARNESS 12A522
G262
TO INJECTOR 2 VALVE SOLONOID (ST1501
HARNESS 12A522
1 X4T-14A464-AAB
G263
TO INJECTOR 3 VALVE SOLONOID (ST150)
HARNESSIW522
C264
TO INJECTOR 4 VALVE SOLONOID (ST150)
HARNESS 12A5Z
CONNECTORS
Fuel Metering Valve............................................................................................................ 303-04F-2
Fuel Metering Valve........................................................................................................... 303-04F-3
Fuel lnjector 1..................................................................................................................... 303-04F-4
Fuel lnjector 2..................................................................................................................... 303-04F-5
Fuel lnjector 3..................................................................................................................... 303-04F-6
Fuel lnjector 4..................................................................................................................... 303-04F-7
303-04F-2 Fuel Metering Valve
iLZF14A464-TA
C242
TO FUEL PUMP METERING UNIT
HARNESS 14K011
G704
TO FUEL FLOW REGULATOR VALVE SOLENOID
HARNESS 14KO11
2006.0Fiesta (G832888)
~
3S7T-14A464-BA-DUMMY
C-270
TO INJECTOR 1 VALVE SOLONOID (0'46)
HARNESS 14KOII
3S7T-14A464-BA-DUMMY
C-271
TO INJECTOR 2 VALVE SOLONOID (DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
3S7T-14A464-BA-DUMMY
C272
TO INJECTOR 3 VALVE SOLONOID(DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
3S7T14A464-BA-DUMMY
G273
TO INJECTOR 4 VALVE SOLONOID (DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
SCHEMATICS
Starting System- 1.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)/l.25L Duratec-I6V (Sigma)ll.4L Duratec-16V
(Sigma)/l.6L Duratec-16V (Sigma) .................................................................................. 303-06-2
Starting System - I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesell1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel ...... 303-06-4
Starting System - Vehicles With: 4-Speed Automatic Transmission (AW81-40) .............. 303-06-6
CONNECTORS
Start Inhibit Relay ............................................................................................................... 303-06-8
Starter Motor ...................................................................................................................... 303-06-9
Starter Motor................................................................................................................
. 303-06-10
WE
I- F30 1SA WE C
- =--L-=>
1 2
- *EP--- BE4 1 F14 30A
1 2
291
Start Inhibit
5 5 :
s s s
CI
6 P
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G563526)
Start lnhibltRelay
-
03
303-06-5 Startinq System-1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Dieselll.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
F1
- -v 44 IgnitionSwitch
-
In Control Module (PCM) 4-Cylinder Engine
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G830542)
31-BAll BK WA25.0 30DCl BK WA25.0 30001 RD WA6.0
30054 RD WA6.O
(4 (+I
-
- DM2
Battery
G1
UB
:-423
DC25
Slarl Inhibit Relay
L
,
a 2 3
s s s
8 8 1
t l t
m
6 0
-
-dm
91s-BB16A BK-RD WA0.75
-3
5C--5
5C-BB10
GY-ffi
GY-BK
WA0.75
WAZ5
~g E128
Tnsmi
14401 34 14KOll
Transm~ssionRange (TR) Senmr
C-423
TO STARTER INHIBITRELAY
HARNESS 14401
2006.0Fiesta (G830286)
.-- -- - - -- -
1 30-8810 BK WA 16.0
9300-14463AB
C424
TO STARTER MOTOR
CONNECTORS
Ignition Coil ..................................................................;...................................................... 303-07A-2
Ignition Coil ......................................................................................................................... 303-07A-3
3 91s-RR2 BK-GN WA 1.5
2 15SRR4 GN-BU WA1.5
1 91SRR1 BK-OG WA 1.5
C-330
TO IGNITION TRANSFORMER(SIGMA)
HARNESS 14KO11
C247
TO IGNITION TRANSFORMER (SOHC)
HARNESS 14K011
CONNECTORS
Glow Plug 1 ........................................................................................................................ 303-078-2
Glow Plug 2 ........................................................................................................................ 303-07B-3
Glow Plug 3........................................................................................................................ 303-07B-4
Glow Plug 4........................................................................................................................ 303-07B-5
Glow Plug Relay ................................................................................................................. 303-07B-6
303-07B-2 Glow Plug 1
Information not available at this time
3 30-AH16 RD WA6.O
2 31SRE24 BK-GN WA 0.75
5 30SRD15 RD-BK WA6.0
1 15SRE24 GN-BK WA0.75
2S6T-14A481-CB
C-452
TO GLOW PLUG RELAY
HARNESS 14KO11
2006.0Fiesta (G831933)
303-07C-I Engine Ignition - 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) 303-07C-1
CONNECTORS
lgnition Coil......................................................................................................................... 303-07C-2
3 91s-RR1 BK-OG WE 1.0
2 15SRR4 GN-BU WA 1.5
1 91s-RR2 BK-GN WE1.O
1W7T-14A4644A
C-246
TO IGNITION TRANSFORMER (ST1501
HARNESS 1W5Z
CONNECTORS
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve............................................................................ 303-08A-2
Electronic Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve........................................................... 303-08A-3
1 15s-RE9 GN-BU WA0.75
2 91s-RE9 BK-BU WA0.75
G657
TO VACUUM EGR VALVE SOLENOID
HARNESS 14K011
4S6T-14A464-FA
C459
TO ELECTRICAL EGR (DIESEL IV EOBD 1 DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
CONNECTORS
Electronic Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve........................................................... 303-08B-2
303-08B-2 Electronic Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
Information not available at this time
CONNECTORS
Electronic Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve........................................................... 303-08C-2
Electronic Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve........................................................... 303-08C-3
303;08C-2 Electrotjc Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
lnformatlon not ava~lableat th~stlme
CONNECTORS
Electronic Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve........................................................... 303-08D-2
303;08D-2 Electrotjc Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
lnformatlon not ava~lableat th~stlme
CONNECTORS
Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid ................................................................... 303-13-2
Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve...................................................................... 303-13-3
C622
TO CANISTER PURGE VALVE SOLENOID
HARNESS 14K011 OR 9H589
2006.0Fiesta (G830289)
303-13-3 Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve
G265
TO SONIC PURGE VALVE SOLONOID(ST150)
HARNESS 1W522
SCHEMATICS
.
Engine Control 1.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.4L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.GL Duratec-16V
(Sigma).............................................................................................................................
Engine Control --I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel. VIN Plate Emission Level Code: S ....
Engine Control - I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel. VIN Plate Emission Level Code: 7 ....
Engine Control - 1.6L Duratec-16V (Sigma), Vehicles With: Automatic Transmission....
Engine Control - I.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel ...........................................................
Engine Control - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14)..........................................................................
CONNECTORS
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor ..........................................................................
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor................................................................................
Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Switch....................................................................................
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor.......................................................................................
Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch...................................................................................
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor.....................................................................................
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor.............................................................................................
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor .......................................................................
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) Sensor - I.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel ...............................
Fuel Temperature Sensor ...................................................................................................
Heated Oxygen Sensor I (H02Sl) - I.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam).....................................
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (H02S2)....................................................................................
Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve .................................................................................................
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor........................................................................
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor..................................................................................
Knock Sensor (KS) .............................................................................................................
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor..............................................................................................
Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch.............................................................................
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor ........................................................................
Throttle Control Unit ............................................................................................................
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor...................................................................................
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Relay ...........................................................................
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel.............................
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch.....................................................................................
Vehicle Speed Sensor 1 (VSSI).........................................................................................
Vehicle Speed Sensor 2 (VSS2).........................................................................................
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (H02S1) - 2.OL Duratec-ST (Zetec) ........................................
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (H02S2) - 2.OL Duratec-ST (Zetec)........................................
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - 2.OL Duratec-ST (Zetec)..........................................
Powertrain Control Module (PCM)......................................................................................
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) ......................................................................................
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) ......................................................................................
303-14-2 Electronic Engine Controls
InertiaFuel Shulofl(1FS)Swilc
2006.0Fiesta (G914257)
303-14-4 Engine Control-1.25L Duratec-16V (Sigrna)ll.4L Duratec-l6V (Sigrna)ll.6L Duratec-16V (Sigma)
I
I I
1 1
I I
I I
I I
I I
1 I
1 I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I t
I 1
I I
1 1 .
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
-
624
C1-MI9 APPSILSUP
Cl.M33 ACT.MON
C1-F23 VSSGND TPSSUP C1-M22
TPSGND CI-MS
Cl-M1 IGNCYL2-3 TPS2 C1-M21
C1-M3 IGNCYL 1-4
TMAP t 5V C1-M52
TMAPGND Cl.M35
HEGO2HEATER PWR C1-M38 HEGO 2 AIR TEMP C1-F3
C1.F2 HEGOl R M
El35
Evaporative Emlsslon Canlsler Purge Valve
I I
. BK.WH WA 0.75 91S.RLlO BK-WH WK0.75 c m 5 c C 4 7 9 155RLlO GNW WK0.75
t I
I I
I I
EZ05 Fuel lnleclor 1
I
BK-YE WA.0.75 2
I
I
I 91S.RLll BK-YE WK0.75 m - 1 8 0 ISRLll GN-YE -0.75
. .
8 8
-
I I Em3 Fuel lnleclor 2
I I
2 . . . 5 ~ 4 8 1 lSRLl2 GNBU -075
BN WAD75
8RJ5
9RJ5
WH
BN
WK075
WK075 &+@&%
C1 1
W18 Englne Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
7RG3 YEBU WK050
9RG3 BN BU WK050
8 RJ39 WKRD WK050
7RJ28 YE WKO5O
9RJ28 BN WK050
WH WAO75 8RJ28 WH WK050
14KOll 9H589
EB04
YE.GN WA075 3
,56 2 Manllold . Pressure and Temperature (MAPT)
2 Absolute
BN.GN WAD75
WHGN WA075
WHSHLD I CSW
Power StBsnnl3 Pressure (PSP) Swltrh
cnZ7l
""I
WH WK0.75 C716
BIB
PowertrainCanlrd
TO IGNlllONRELAY .
91-PO6
t10i
Amlarator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
PRE GLOW
IGN
I I
I I
I 1
I I
I I
1 I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I 1
I I
I I
1 I
1 I
I 1
EDF
VBR3
FP RLY
VBRl
VBR2
PCM RLY
CLWCH
APPS1-SUP
APPSl
APPSILGND
APPS2-SUP
APPSP
APPS2.GND
BRAKE PEDALSWITCHGND
BK-YE WAOM
3 9lSPG6A BK-YE WAOM cS39 31s-PGS BK-YE WA075
BRAKE PEDAL SWKCH
c
m 8 N B WHBU WA075
vSSSIG
E7Ol 91-RJB BK WA075
VSS GND
Accelerator Pedal Poslbon(APP) Ssnsor
I-----------------'
E822
Vehicle Speed Sensor 1 (VSSl)
I
ECOl
Cooling Fan Motor
I I
2006.0 Fiesta (G914238)
2006.0Fiesta (G914238)
303-14-10 Engine Control-1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, VIN Plate Emission Level Code: S
..-,
.- = C0N:C
A
PART 1 OF
PCM
MODULE
DIESEL ST Ill EOBD
C.370
91-REBA BK-YE WA1.5
91+E
lB8 BK-YE WA1.5
S109
I
I
I
I
PCV C2L4
TMAFGND C2J4
TMAF- C2.H2
AIR-TEMP WE4
I
2006.0Fiesta (G914241)
303-14-12 E n ~ i n eControl-1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, VIN Plate Emission Level Code: 7
PRE GLOW
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I 1
I I
-
s
15SPA7 GNW WA1.O f 20
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
.-'. - 31s-BE6
7-W30
8-W30
BK-YE
YE
WH
WA0.75
WA0.75
WA0.75
9-W30 EN WA0.75
7-W35 YE4D WA0.75 7W35 YE.RD WA0.75
84?J35 WH4D WA0.75 $? 8W35 WH.RD WA0.75
SW35 EN-RD WA0.75
Ill-PG6 BK-YE WA1.O
BRAKE PEDAL SWWCH GND
I,, I
I-__________-------
E822
Vehicle Speed Sensor 1 (VSSl)
C419 h2 h1
@ ECOl
W i n g Fan Molor
C142 DPFSHlGHlr
Cl.E4 BRK-RED
CLLlTCH
C1-G3 APPtLSIG
C1-C2 APP2-SIG
C2-A1 DPFSLOW
C2.E3 CRS.SIG
C2-D3 INTAKETWF
C2-F2 INTAKEPRES
WE2 RAILPS-SIG
UB3 RAILPS-
UE4 GLW-MM
UF4 AC-WOT
WD4 ENG-RUN
C3 START-INHIBI
E l 04
- Powertrain Contrnl Modu
U2
2006.0Fiesta (G914241)
303-14-14 Enqine Control-1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, VIN Plate Emission Level Code: 7
r ' .
i k:
- J=CONC
PART 1 OF
PCM
MODULE
DIESELSTIV EOBD
VC REQUEST
C 375
91 REBA BKYE WA15
91 RE80 BKYE WA15
E.EGR+ C2H3
rnperalure Sensor
AIR-TEMP C904
. INJV2t C9Gl
E707 F u ~lnjsclor
l 3
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G914241)
14KOll 9 14401
PJB
C e49
no1
Accelerator Pedal Posltlm(APP) Sensor
I I
1 I
-- l5RE6 GN-YE WA0.75 C
120 1
I 15.RE6 GN-YE WA0.75
IGN
I I
p 9 I 1
5 s I
I
1
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
..... ECi6
Coulmg Fan Relay
I
I
I
1
I I
I I
I I
I I
HEGOl HEATERPWR
15S.PJ15 GN.BU WE1.O
I I HEGOZ HEATER PWR
-- 16 1
I I
15S.PAS GN-YE WA4.0 I
ISS43EIS GN.BK WA0.75
FP MON
17 1
1 I
7.RJ30 YE WA0.75
&W30 WH WA0.75
PRJS BN WA0.75
7-R135 YE.RD WA0.75 1 91 7.RJ35 YE-RD WA0.75
ERJ35 WH-RD WA0.75
9R135 EN-RD WA0.75 131 1 PRJs EN-RD WA0.75
L Z
01-PGS BK-YE WA1.0
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH GNI
YE WA050 G6gD
2 VSS SlG
E701
Acalerator P e d a l ~ l l l o (APP)
n Sensor
I
I
191.PJ29 BKOG WE075 I
I
I WID
ABS
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I
En22
Vehlde Speed Sensor 1 (VSSI)
ClD+VE C1-Fa
CID- VE Cl-FZ7
CIA445 APPS2-GND
C1-M19 APPSl-SUP
TMAP+N C1-M52
.. .
El35
EvaporallveEmlsslon Canlsler Purge Valve
I I
BK-WH WA0.75 3! 9lS.RLlO BK.WH WK0.75 4 7 IBRLlO G.WH -0.75
-1 I
I I
, , E205 Fuel Inlector 1
I
I I
I I EM7 Furl llgw 1111 3
I I
z ~ y - ~ ~ 15SRL13
z GNRD WK075
I I
I I €208 Fud Inleclnr4
8RJ5 WH W075
EN WA075 9R15 BN W075
11E716 Ellglne
Coolant Temperature(ECT) Sensor
7RG3 YEBU WK050
E8M
solute Pressure and Temperature(MAPT) Se
WHSHLD CSW
b w a r Sleannr3 Pressure (PSP) Sw~tch
rqEq9
lne
Elibl
AccelsralorPedal Poslllon (APP) Sensor
Y"
-lri
PRE GLOW
. .
--
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
1 I
I I
t I
I I
I I
I 1
--
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
-
91S.PA7 BKW WA075
EDF
-- 15S.RR4 GN.BU WA15
VBR3
31-RH5 BK WA0.75
FP RLY
1s-RN2 GN-BU WA25
VBRl
CLUTCH
APPSl-SUP
APPSl
APPSI-GND
APPSZ-SUP
APPSP
APPS2-0ND
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH GND
1
3
BKZ(E WAOM G6Q8
CQFp Q1SPGSA BK-YE WA050 mS3Q
v
; F 1 - Y EWHBU
W A OWA075
7 S 8
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
e
$+
VSS SlG
E7O1 31-RJ29 wA a 75
VSS GND
Accelerator Pedal Poslbon (APP) Sensor 14401 13 14KOll
wlo_ABS
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I
I
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
E822
Vehicle Spsed Sensor 1 (VSSl)
DBO TOCANBUS
OBO TOCANBUS
DC14 FROM CHARGE
DC14 TOCHARGE
DC26 TOSTART
ET47 FROM BACK UP LAMP
TO AIR CONDlllON
TO AIR CONDllION
FROM AIR CONDITION
FROM AIR CWDITION
G253
31-RH5 BK WA0.75
FP RLY
BRAKE PEC44LSWlTCHGND
BAiT
VSS GND
81-PG6
81-RNl
91 R129
BK-YE
BKBU
BKCG
WAl 0
WA25
WAO 75
S1W
41-RE84
41-RE80
91-RE8C
BK-YE
BK-YE
BK-YE
WA1 5
WA1 5
WA15
r,w
r,w
r+w
$:m 4
- :-
G.
El04
PowertrainCat
&&
=-VSS
[1
.S-MRLV MC32 Fuel Yelermg Valve
, v _ ~ ~ ~ p G-R-CAS
p ~ C2.Al
R-APP2
I C7C6 Illlake Camshall Poslllon (CMP) Sensor
.FUSS
iBRKMN
C2.K3
.S-ERS
Ct-Dl Thmnle Pmltton (TP)Sensor
.T-STRT
C>L1
j-GEA?R
(A)
'L-,
.S.ACPR
r-ACC
CPAC
.T.FANl
T u r h h c ~ eBaost
r Pressure Sensor
CllAS2
V-V-SVRAILPS CPB4
E727
lLA_RAILPS C2.G3 Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) Smsor
G-R-RAILPS C>C4
O_PJNJVLl Cl-G3
--=%w7 QlS.RL10 0K.W WA0.75
0 -
E205 Fuel Inledor 1
DIESEL DY6
L , . -
C l C0N:CME
-
C2 C0N:CMI
&BAT. -
C3 C0N:CH
i t m l M ~ d u l (PCM)
e -
CCylInder Engine
Inertia Fuel Shuloff(1FS) Swit
no1
Accelerator Pdal Posillon (APP) Sensor
,_C'
'I.
;,
I I
I I
I I
lSSRE16 GN-EK WA0.75
FP MDN
17 1
I I
CLUTCH
APPS1-SUP
APPSl
APPSILGND
APPS2-SUP
APPSZ
APPSZ-GND
BRAKE PEDALSWITCH GND
E701
AcceleratorPedal Pmltlm(APP) Sensor
IGN
PCM RLY
FP RLY
APPSlLGNO C1.24 APPSl GND
APPSZ-GNO C1-45 APPS? GND
APPSl
APPS2
APPSILSUP C1-21 APPSt SUP
APPS2.SUP C1-33 APPSZ SUP
CLUTCH C1.36 CLUTCH
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
FP MON C1-22 FUEL PUMPMONITOR
C 243
E731
Calelyst Monitor Sensor
IGN COIL
g 0
Z
0
Z
EGR STP4 C2 44
EGR STP 3 C2 32
EGR STP2 C2 45
EGRSTP1 C233
VRSRTN C27
MOTOR C2 10
MMORt C2 22
TPSllP2 C226
TPS llPl C2 37
C649
TO ACCL. PEDAL DEMAND SENSOR
HARNESS 14401
C-240
TO BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR (W6)
HARNESS 14K011
F5VB14489-EA
G698
TO BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
HARNESS 14401
G745
TO CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (DIESEL Ill EOBDI IV EOBD)
HARNESS 14KO11
1
2
3
5 31.886 BK WA0.75
C-307
TO CLUTCHPEDAL SWITCH
HARNESS 14401
2006.0Fiesta (G830327)
-- - - - -- -- - ---.- - - -- -
1M5T-14A464-FA0
C476
TO CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (DIESEL)
HARNESS 14K011
C274
TO EGR THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR (DV6)
HARNESS 14K011
2006.0Fiesta (G830339)
.- ..- .--.
-- .- - - - - -
G639
TO ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURESENSOR
HARNESS 14KOl1 OR 9H589
C-241
TO FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
G627
TO FUEL RAILTEMP SENSOR
HARNESS 14KO11
F578-14A464-BJA
3 91SRJ14
1 9-RJ14
4 8-RJ14
2
BK-YE
BN WK0.75
15SRJ14 WHWK0.75
GN-YE WK1.O
WK0.75
C-325
TO H02 1 SENSOR (1.3)
HARNESS 14KO11
2006.0Fiesta (G830356)
..
FVB-14A464-ARA
G326
TO H02 2 SENSOR
HARNESS 14K011
G451
TO INTAKE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR (DIESEL IV EOBD)
HARNESS 14KOll
C-456
TO INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSEOR (DIESEL IV EOBDI DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
97BG-14A624-YBB
G618
TO KNOCK 1 SENSOR
HARNESS 14KO11
GN-BK WA0.75
WH-GN WK0.75
BK-GN WA 0.75
C654
TO MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (DIESEL IllEOBD)
HARNESS 14K011
97AG-14A464-HBA
G716
TO W W E R STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
HARNESS 14K011 O R I N 5 2 2
4M5T-14A464-YDA
C-260
TO TEMFMANIFOLDABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (ST150)
HARNESS 12A522
2006.0Fiesta (G830375)
-- -
3LZT-l4A464-BA(XXX)
G638
TO THROTTLE CONTROL UNIT(SIGMA)
HARNESS 9H589
C-266
TO VARIABLE INTAKE SYSTEM VALVE SOLONOID (ST150)
HARNESS 12A522
2006.0Fiesta (G830377)
303-14-48 Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Relay
I I I I
1 M5T-14A464-ALE
C370
TO PCM (C0NN:A) (DIESEL IllEOBD)
HARNESS 14K011
G735
TO OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (1.31ST150)
HARNESS 14K011OR 1ZA522
F6DB-14A464-AGA(XXX)
C-360
TO VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
HARNESS 14401
F6DB14A464-AGA(XXX)
C432
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2
HARNESS 14KOll
IFlT-l4A464JA(XXX)
C-244
TO H02 1 SENSOR (STISO)
HARNESS 12A522
2006.0Fiesta (G833759)
. -- -
C-243
TO H02 2 SENSOR (ST150)
HARNESS 9K499
G268
TO CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR (ST150)
HARNESS 12A522
9Si?kR Bk?&~
9 REBA
'ttA8.75
BK-YE
WA 1.0
311~~8
8-MD24 E:KKBANO.Q0.75~
I 'i 91s-RJ15 BK-BU WK0.75
ZLlT-14A464-SD(XXX)
G380
TO PCM (C0NN:A) (ST150)
HARNESS 12A522
$@{+@; E ;kij.75
15s-RS18 GN-YE WE0.75
91SRL9 BK-YE WA0.75
S K I 3 BNWH WE0.75
2LlT-14A484-TO(MX)
Gal
TO PCM (CONN B) (ST150)
HARNESS 12A522
2006.0Fiesta (G833770)
303-14-58 Powertrain Control Module(PCM)
31SFA38
7-PJ3
15SRE13A
BK-OG WK0.75
YE-VT WK0.75
GN-RD WA0.75
YE I I
3 7-RJ4
03
YE-RD WA0.75
3
4
3
4 91-RJ40 BK-GN WA0.75
91-RE8C BK-YE WA0.75 3
9-RJ5 EN WK0.75 4
3
4 91SRL42 BK-BU WA0.75
91SRL29 BK-BU WA0.75 3
4 91SRL50 BK-BU WA0.75
1M5T-14A464-CLB
G371
TO PCM (C0NN:B) (DIESEL IllEOBD)
HARNESS 14K011
-
91SRL11 BK-YE WA1.5 91SRL13 BK-OG WA1.5
91SRLlO BK-WH WA 1.5 91SRL12 BK-BU WA1.5
1 M5T-14A464-BLB
G372
TO PCM (C0NN:C) (DIESEL Ill EOBD)
HARNESS 14KO11
G375
TO PCM (CONMA) (DIESEL IV EOBD)
HARNESS 14K011
2006.0Fiesta (G833781)
8-RH7A WH-VT WA0.75
31SFA38 BK-OG WK0.75 7-R128 YE WA 0.75
7-R14 YE-RD WA 0.75
1M5T-14A464-CLB
C376
TO PCM (C0NN:B) (DIESEL IV EOBD)
HARNESS 14KO11
c-377
TO PCM (C0NN:C) (DIESEL IV EOBD)
HARNESS 14KO11
9-RJ28 EN WA0.75
9-PA49 EN WA 0.75 BRJ28 WHWA0.75
91SFAI 1 BK-YE WA0.75
91SR122 BK-RD WA0.75
&RE24 WKGN WA0.75
SRJl2 BN-BU WA0.75
15SRL13 GN-RD WA 1.5 91s-RLIO BK-WH WA 1.5
15SRL11 GN-YE WA1.5 91SRL13 BK-OG WA 1.5
15SRL12 GN-BU WA1.5 91SRLII BK-YE WA1.5
15SRLIO GN-WH WA 1.5 91SRL12 BK-BU WA 1.5
C-32
TO PCM (C0NN:CME) (DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
2006.0Fiesta (G833788)
303-14-64 Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
3 4-EB6 GY WK0.75
4 7-N28 YE WA 0.75
8-RJ29 WH-BU WA0.75
8-RJ4 WH-RD WK0.75 7-RJll YE-GN WA0.75
8-RL9 WHWA 0.75
9-RJ4 EN-RD WK0.75 9-Nll EN-GN WA0.75
9-RL9 BN WA 0.75
8-RJ3 WH-VT WK0.75 9-RJ37 EN-GN WA 0.75
9-RJZ B N W WA0.75
91SRH9 BK-BU WA0.75 74337 YE-GN WA0.75
8-RJ5 WHWK0.75 7-RJ4 YE-RD WK0.75
8-RJ17 WH-VT WA0.75 7-RN2 YE-RD WK0.75
10-RJZ GY-VT WA0.75 8-RJ11 WKGN WA0.75
1 M5T-14A464-CLB
G383
TO PCM (MNN:CMI) (DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
G354
TO PCM (C0NN:CH) (DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
2006.0Fiesta (G833790)
---
4RUIA EN WA075
PORE8 OG-YE WA075
15-RE8 GN-YE WA075
G343
TO PCM (SOHC) (SIGMA)
HARNESS 14KOII
303-14-68 Throttle Control Unit
C640
TO THROTTLE COMROL UNIT (ST 150)
HARNESS 12A522
GN-BU WA 1.0
WH-BU WA0.75
3M5T-14A464-DGA
C653
TO MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
2006.0Fiesta (G833798)
303-14-70 Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
92BG-14474-ZGA
C-736
I PRESSURE SWT
TO OL I CH(1.411.6)
HARNESS 14KOll
2S6T14A464-DLA
C737
TO OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (DIESEL)
HARNESS 14KO11
1 M5T-14A464-FCA
C738
TO ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (DIESEL)
HARNESS 14KO11
98AG-l4A464-MBA
G746
TO CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PETROL)
HARNESS 14KOIl OR9H589 OR 12A5ZZ
G747
TO CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
G619
TO KNOCK 1 SENSOR (ST1SO)
HARNESS 12A522
C-477
TO CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PETROL)
HARNESS 14KOI1
RRB14A464-AA
C485
TO CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (ST150)
HARNESS 14300
F4SB14A464-AJC
C-365
TO H02 1 SENSOR (1.6)
HARNESS 14KO11
2006.0Fiesta (G833816)
303-14-80 Manifold Absolute Pressure and Temperature(MAPT) Sensor
GY-OG WA0.75
YE-GN WA0.75
WH-GN WA0.75
BN-GN WA0.75
C356
TO TEMRMANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
HARNESS 9H589 OR 14K011
G453
TO MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (DIESEL IV EOBD)
HARNESS 14K011
SCHEMATICS
Automatic Transmission/Transaxle - LHD ........................................................................ 307-01A-4
Automatic Transmission/Transaxle - RHD ....................................................................... 307-OIA-8
307-01A-3 Automatic Transrnission~Transaxle-LHD
625 GI
B 6 B
Z
o + +
,428 i 5 5
5EC16 BUOG WA075
C2 33 N C X SHIELD
sor
CONNECTORS
Transmission Control Module (TCM).................................................................................. 307-01B-2
Transmission Control Module (TCM).................................................................................. 307-018-3
Transmission Range (TR) Sensor ...................................................................................... 307-01B-4
307;OIB-2 Transmjssion Control Module (TCM)
Informatton not available at thls t~me
C-430
TO TRANSMISSIONHARDWARE UNIT
HARNESS 14KO11
C-431
TO TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
HARNESS 14KO11
CONNECTORS
Selector Lever..................................................................................................................... 307-05-2
Transmission Shift Motor.................................................................................................... 307-05-3
Transmission Select Motor ................................................................................................. 307-05-4
Transmission Control Switch (TCS) .................................................................................... 307-05-5
Selector Lever..................................................................................................................... 307-05-6
6 31STAZl BK-GN WA 0.75
5 31-TA35A BK WA0.75
3 15STA33 GN-WH WA0.75
2 31STA32 BK-WH WA 0.75
1 31-TA35 BK WA0.75
4 29SLK21 OG-BK WA0.35
97BG-14489-YFB
C-426
TO TRANSMISSIONLEVER UNIT
HARNESS 14K024
2006.0Fiesta (G83234.4)
307-05-3 Transmission Shift Motor
YE-GN WA 2.5
EN-GN WA0.50
YE-GN WA0.50
WH-GN WA0.50
GY-OG WA 0.50
WH-GN WA25
G677
TO TRANSMISSIONSHIFT MOTOR
HARNESS 14KOI1
G678
TO TRANSMISSION SELECT MOTOR
HARNESS 14KO11
G425
TO TRANSMISSIONSWITCH
HARNESS 14K011OR 12,4522
G679
TOTRANSMISSIONLEVER UNIT
HARNESS 14K024
SCHEMATICS
Manual Transmission/Transaxle - Automated Gearshift System - LHD ........................... 308-11-4
Manual TransmissionlTransaxle - Automated Gearshift System - RHD .......................... 308-11-8
2006.0 Fiesta (G563865)
308-11-3 Manual Transmission/Transaxle- Automated Gearshift System-LHD
BATTt
STOP UUlP
STAUT
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G563865)
90TA55 RD WAS.0
BATI t
t5S.RE13 GN RD WA075
STOP LAMP
BPOI
3
0
e
?
&
4
2
t
521
i?
2
2
2
.h
--
14A584
u,
ni
::
0
s e
2
Y
m *
m
rn
4
;
;
2
t
5211
e
I
4
-
-
G8
i I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
1 I
C1 51 CANH 1
C1 56 CANLl
C161 CANHI
1 I
C163 CANLP
C1 52 STOP LAMP SWITCH
C160 HANDBRAKESWITCH
CIS9 FRONT DCOR AJAR SWITCH
C175 HOODSWITCH
C2 116 SHlFlMOTORt
CZ 115 SHIN MOTOR
C2 121 SENSOR GND
C2108 SPEED
CSIW DIRECTION
BPOl
X
0
"
rn
0
s
B 2
1
2
Y
co
"
3
5 ri:
?i
ri:
521
7
.
o
a
s
2
d
w
l
i
0
ri:
14A584
3 2
B B
W
g 2
8" 2
"
5211
- - -
PL63
Dnver D w r Let&
3 ;
;
s
z
2"
-
-
GI0
2006.0Fiesta (G563866)
308-11-9 Manual Transmissionrrransaxle - Automated Gearshift Svstem-RHD
I I
I t
1 I
I I
I I
I I
I I
C1 54 CANH 1
C156 CANLl
I I C161 CANHZ
C163 CANL2
C1 52 STOP LAMP SWITCH
C1 W HANDBRAKESWITCH
C159 FRONT WOR WAR SWITCH
C2 117 SELECTMOTOR+
C2 114 SELECTMOTOR
C2 120 SENSORGND
C2 106 SPEEO
C2 116 SHIFTMOTOR+
C2 115 SHIFTMOTOR
C2 121 SENSORGND
C2-108 SPEEO
C2 109 DIRECTION
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G563866)
310-01-1 Fuel Tank and Lines 310-01-1
CONNECTORS
Fuel Pump Relay ................................................................................................................ 310-01-2
Fuel Pump and Sender Unit............................................................................................... 310-01-3
Inertia Fuel Shutoff (IFS) Switch ......................................................................................... 310-01-4
PIN 5 =z 15s-RP3GN-OG 1.5 WA t 15s-RR4GN-BU 1.5 WA
E4
C-410
1 15RH5
5 15SRR4
3 29-RH6
GN-BU WA075
GN-BU
OG WA 1 5
WA1.5 t 15SRP3 GN-OG WA1 5
31-RG2 BK WA 1.5
6-GAS WH WA 0.50
15SRGW GN-OG
9-GA9 BN WA0.50
2S6T-14A464-TAA
G315
TO FUELTANK UNIT
HARNESS 14401
YWT-14A464-DA
C-331
TO INERTIA FUEL SHUT OFF SWITCH
HARNESS 14401
2006.0Fiesta (GB30389)
412-00-1 Climate Control System = General Information 412-00-1
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications...................................................................................................................... 412-00-2
GENERAL PROCEDURES
Air Conditioning (NC) Clutch Air Gap Adjustment ......................................... (34 628 6)
Air Conditioning (NC) System Recovery. Evacuation and Charging ............. (34 620 2)
Refrigerant Oil Adding .................................................................................... (34 621 1)
Air Distribution System Cleaning........................................................................................
Contaminated Refrigerant Handling ........................................................... (34 620 9)
Spring Lock Coupling..........................................................................................................
Electronic Leak Detection........................................................................... (34 620 7)
Fluorescent Dye Leak Detection........................................................................................
Vacuum Leak Detection................................................................................. (34 620 3)
-
Climate Control System General Information
SPECIFICATIONS
Lubricants, sealants and adhesives
I Material I Specification 1 f
I Refrigerant R134a
Refrigerant oil WSH-M1C231-B
' I Air conditioning compressor (if the amount of refrigerant oil taken from the Add same quantity + 30.
compressor is between 90 ml and 150 ml))
Air conditioning compressor (vehicles with 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) diesel Add same quantity + 30.
engine) (if the amount of refrigerant oil taken from the compressor is between
50 ml and 150 ml))
Air conditioning compressor (if the amount of refrigerant oil taken from the Add the same quantity.
compressor is more than 150 ml)
Air conditioning condenser add 30.
Air conditioning evaporator I add 90.
Air conditioning evaporator (vehicles with 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) diesel add 50.
engine)
Renewal of all lines I Add same quantity +2. 1
Renewal of all lines and components add 0.
Always, if refrigerant was drained. Add the same quantity.
-- - - -
- --
-
Refrigerant Circuit Quick Check
A WARN1NG:The air conditioning system is
filled with refrigerant R134a. Observe
General Equipment "Health and Safety Precautions". For
Digital Multimeter (compatible with K-type thermo- further information
couple) REFER to: Gesundheits- und
Worldwide Diagnostic System (WDS) Sicherheitsvorkehrungen (100-00,
Description and Operation).
Refrigerant center
Refrigerant circuit check
Thermometer - Fluke 80 PK-8 (FSE number 260
4102 001 07) A WARNING:Under certain circumstances,
refrigerant lines and AIC components may
be extremely hot or cold. Exercising care,
lnspection and Checking touch the refrigerant lines or AIC
components in order to check this. Failure
1. VERIFY customer concern. to observe this instruction can lead to
2. Visually CHECK for any obvious mechanical or injury.
electrical damage. The refrigerant line from the refrigerant
compressor to the condenser must be hot.
Visual Inspection The refrigerant line from the N C condenser to
Mechanical Electrical the fixed orifice tube must be warm, but not so
hot as the refrigerant line mentioned above.
Coolant level Fuses
Determine the difference in temperature
Refrigerant lines Wiring harness
upstream and downstream of the N C condenser
Drive belt Connectors by measuring the temperaturesat the refrigerant
Condenser lines. The temperature difference should be
Refrigerant more than 20" C, depending on the ambient
compressor temperature. If the temperature difference is
less, check the condenser for contamination or
damage to the fins as well as operation of the
3. RECTIFY any obvious causes for a concern radiator fan.
found during the visual inspection before
performing any further tests. CHECK the The refrigerant line between the fixed orifice
operation of the system. tube and the evaporator must be cold from the
point where the fixed orifice tube is installed.
4. If the concern persists after the visual
Depending on the weather, the line may also
inspection, PERFORM a fault diagnosis on the
be iced up on the outside.
electronic engine management with WDS and
RECTIFY any displayed faults in accordance The refrigerant line between the evaporator and
with the displayed fault description. CHECK the the AIC compressor including the accumulator
operation of the system. must be cold.
5. For vehicles with no stored fault@),PROCEED
in accordance with the symptom chart according
to the fault symptom.
B2516 /A516
Fault in the circuit of the interior
temperature sensor blower
Circuit of blower control faulty
P
GO to Pinpoint Test N.
GO to Pinpoint Test B.
Circuit of AIC demand signal faulty
B2818 /A818
(short circuit to voltage)
Symptom Chart ,
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
GO to Pinpoint Test A.
function - vehicles without
electronic automatic temper- Blower motor
ature control (EATC) Blower switch
Blower resistor assembly
Blower inoperative/incorrect Fuse GO to Pinpoint Test B.
function - vehicles with elec- Circuit(s)
tronic automatic temperature Blower motor
control (EATC) Blower control module
Electronic automatic temper-
ature control (EATC) module
Blower operating continuously Circuit(s) GO to Pinpoint Test C.
- vehicles without electronic Blower switch
automatic temperature control Blower resistor assembly
(EATC)
Air conditioning inoperative Fuse(s) GO to Pinpoint Test D.
(blower motor function OK) Circuit(s)
Air conditioning clutch
AIC clutch diode
Air conditioning clutch relay
Refrigerant low-pressure switch
Refrigerant high-pressure
switch
Refrigerant pressure trans-
ducer
Control panel - climate control
system
Electronic automatic temper-
ature control (EATC) module
Powertrain control module
(PCM)
Refrigerant circuit
Refrigerant quantity
System Checks
PINPOINT TEST A : BLOWER MOTOR FAULTY I INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Al: CHECK ALL SPEED SETTINGS OF THE BLOWER MOTOR
Ignition switch in position II.
Move the blower switch through all its positions.
Is the blower motor inoperative in all the switch
positions?
+ Yes
GO to A2.
-, No
- The blower motor is inoperative in switch
positions 1,2 andlor 3:
GO to A9.
- The blower motor is only inoperative in
switch position 4:
GO to A8.
A2: CHECK FUSE F49
Ignition switch in position 0.
A6: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE BLOWER MOTOR AND THE BLOWER SWITCH FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Disconnect connector C324 from blower switch.
121Measure the resistance between the blower
motor, connector C322, pin 2, circuit 31S-FA18
(BWRD), wiring harness side and the blower
switch, connector C324, pin 1, circuit 31S-FA33
(BWOG), wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
-+ Yes
GO to A7.
-, No
~~~0028912 LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 31S-
FA18 (BWRD) between the blower motor and
soldered connection S269 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
A7: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE BLOWER SWITCH
Measure the resistance between the blower
switch, connector C324, pin 3, circuit 31-FA25
(BK), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
-+ Yes
INSTALL A NEW blower switch. CHECK the
operation of the system.
-+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in circuit
VFE0028894 31-FA25 (BK) between the blower switch and
ground connection G30 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
A l l : CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE BLOWER RESISTOR ASSEMBLY AND THE BLOWER
SWITCH FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Disconnect connector C324 from blower switch.
121Measure the resistance between the blower
resistor assembly, connector C323, pin 2, circuit
31S-FA30 ( B W H ) , wiring harness side and
the blower switch, connector C324, pin 4, circuit
31S-FA30 ( B W H ) , wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
-+Yes
INSTALL A NEW blower switch. CHECK the
operation of the system.
VFE0028917 + NO
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 31S-
FA30 ( B W H ) between the blower resistor
assembly and the blower switch using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
A12: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF BLOWER RESISTOR ASSEMBLY STAGE 2 -
Set the blower switch to position 2.
Measure the resistance between the blower
resistor assembly, connector C323, pin I,
circuit
31s-FA31 (BKIYE), wiring harness side and
ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
-,Yes
GO to A14.
-, No
GO to A13.
VFE0028914
412-00-14 -
Climate Control System General Information 412-00-14
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
A13: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE BLOWER RESISTOR ASSEMBLY AND THE BLOWER
SWITCH FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
I
A15: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE BLOWER RESISTOR ASSEMBLY AND THE BLOWER
SWITCH FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
I [I]Disconnect connector C324 from blower switch. I
I
-+ No
INSTALL A NEW fuse F38 (7.5 A). CHECK
the operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and REPAIR the short using
the Wiring Diagrams.
IB4: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F38 I
I Connect fuse F38 (CJB).
lgnition switch in position 11.
131Measure the voltage between fuse F38 (7.5 A)
and ground.
I Does the meter display battery voltage?
+ No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse F38 using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
I B5: CHECK THE CIRCUIT OF THE BLOWER MOTOR I
1 r
E56128
--
L
rnMeasure the voltage between the blower control
module, connector C362, pin 4, circuit 49s-FA18
(BUNE), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a voltage measured?
(VI
-+ Yes
GO to B12.
-+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the short to voltage in
circuit 45s-FA18 (BUNE) between the blower
~64250 control module and the EATC module using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
B12: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE BLOWER CONTROL MODULE AND THE EATC
MODULE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
lgnition switch in position 0.
-
Measure the resistance between the blower
control module, connector C362, pin 4, circuit
49s-FA18 (BUNE), wiring harness side and
ground.
I -+
Is a resistance of more than 10,000 ohms
measured?
Yes
RENEW the blower control module. CHECK
the operation of the system. If the system is
still inoperative, RENEW the EATC module.
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the short to ground in
circuit 45s-FA18 (BUNE) between the blower
control module and the EATC module using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
GO to D9.
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in circuit
15s-FA11 (GNNE) between the air condi-
tioning clutch relay and soldered connection
S110 (vehicles with 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14)
engine: S302) using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
D9: CHECK THE AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH CIRCUIT
I lgnition switch in position 0.
DIO: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE AIC CLUTCH RELAY AND THE AIC CLUTCH FOR
-
OPEN CIRCUIT ALL VEHICLES, EXCEPT THOSE WITH 2.OL DURATEC-HE (M14) ENGINE OR
1.6L DIESEL ENGINE
Disconnect connector C401 from air conditioning
clutch.
rntioning
Measure the resistance between the air condi-
clutch relay, socket C403, pin 5, circuit
15s-FA1 (GNIBU) (vehicles with 1.4L diesel
engine: circuit 15s-FA6 (GNNE)), wiring
harness side and air conditioning clutch,
connector C401, pin 1, circuit 15s-FA6 (GNNE),
wiring harness side.
-+ Yes
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
I
GO to D11.
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the open circuit
between the air conditioning clutch relay and
air conditioning clutch using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
r D12: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE AIC CLUTCH RELAY AND THE N C CLUTCH FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT -VEHICLES WlTH 2.OL DURATEC-HE (M14) ENGINE
I Disconnect connector C398 from air conditioning
clutch.
Measure the resistance between the AIC clutch
relay, socket C403, pin 5, circuit 15s-FA1
(GNIBU), wiring harness side and the AIC
clutch, connector C398, pin 1, circuit 15s-FA6
(GNNE), wiring harness side.
I Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered? I
-+ Yes
GO to D13.
+ No
~57636 LOCATE and REPAIR the open circuit
between the air conditioning clutch relay and
air conditioning clutch using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
2006.0 Fiesta i m o s
412-00-27 -
Climate Control System General Information 412-00-27
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
-
D15: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE AIC CLUTCH VEHICLES WITH 1.6L DIESEL
(. ENGINE
Measure the resistance between the air condi-
tioning clutch, connector C399, pin 2, circuit 31-
FA6 (BK), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
I
+= Yes
RENEW the air conditioning clutch. CHECK
the operation of the system.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the open circuit in
circuit 31-FA6 (BK) between the AIC clutch
and ground connection G22 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
I D16: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH RELAY I
Ignition switch in position Ill.
Run the engine at idle speed.
Switch on the blower.
Switch on the air-conditioning svstem.
- -
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
412-00-28 -
Climate Control System General Information 412-00-28
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
412-00-29 -
Climate Control System General Information 412-00-29
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I I I
A CAUTI0N:ln order to avoid damaging the
vehicle, the measuring device should be
operated in a measuring range up to a
maximum of 200 mA.
Measure the current between the PCM,
connector C343, pin F22, circuit 31S-FA87
(BWGN), wiring harness side and battery
voltage.
Is a current of more than 8 mA measured?
+ Yes
GO to D18.
-+ No
GO to D32.
D18: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE A/C CLUTCH RELAY AND THE PCM FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT - A L L VEHICLES, EXCEPT THOSE WlTH DIESEL ENGINE OR 2.OL DURATEC-HE (M14)
ENGINE
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
jil
\- so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specificdata is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
VFE0038807
- No voltage measured:
GO to D25.
-The voltage measured is more than 5.5
Volts:
GO to D26.
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
( D29: CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH RELAY AND PCM 1
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
I D31: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN A/C CLUTCH RELAY AND PCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT -VEHICLES I
I WITH 1.6L DIESEL ENGINE I
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specificdata is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specificdata, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
N0TE:Make certain that the refrigerant pressure is in the range between 3.0 and 10.5 bar (temperature
dependent). If the pressure is higher, perform a refrigerant circuit Quick Check. If the pressure is lower,
check the refrigerant circuit for leaks.
E2: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH RELAY AND AIR CONDITIONING
CLUTCH FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage between the air condi-
tioning clutch relay, socket C403, pin 5, circuit
15s-FA1 (GNIBU) (vehicles with diesel engine:
15s-FA6 (GNNE)), wiring harness side and
Ed ground.
nu bb Is a voltage measured?
-+Yes
LOCATE and REPAIR the short to voltage in
the circuit between the air conditioning clutch
~~~0033613 relay and air conditioning clutch using the
Wiring Diagrams.
-+ No
INSTALL A NEW air conditioning clutch.
CHECK the operation of the system.
I E3: CHECK OPERATION OF AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH RELAY I
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specificdata is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
E9: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH RELAY AND PCM FOR SHORT TO
-
GROUND VEHICLES WlTH 1.6L DIESEL ENGINE
N0TE:W the powertrain control module (PCM) is changed, the new one must be programmed. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specificdata is read out of the module to be replaced using WDS and is transferred
to the new module.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and WDS is ensured.
E14: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN EATC MODULE AND REFRIGERANT LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Disconnect connector C402 from refrigerant
low-pressure switch.
12Measure the resistance between the EATC
module, connector C366, pin 7, circuit 31S-FA17
(BWRD), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of more than 10,000 Ohm
measured?
+ Yes
GO to E15.
-+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR short to ground in
circuit 31S-FA17 (BWRD) between the EATC
module and the refrigerant low-pressure
switch using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
I E15: CHECK REFRIGERANT LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH I
Measure the resistance between the refrigerant
low-pressure switch, connector C402, pin I,
component side and ground.
Is a resistance of more than 10,000 Ohm
measured?
+ Yes
- Vehicles with 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) engine:
RENEW the refrigerant low-pressure switch.
CHECK the operation of the system.
- All, except vehicles with 2.OL Duratec-HE
(M14) engine:
GO to E16.
-, No
RENEW the refrigerant low-pressure switch.
CHECK the operation of the system.
c'
.. -
E16: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN REFRIGERANTHIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH AND REFRIGERANT
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH FOR SHORT TO GROUND
1
Measure the resistance between refrigerant
high-pressure switch, connector C405, pin 4,
circuit 31S-FAl7A (BWRD), wiring harness side
and ground.
Is a resistance of more than 10,000 Ohm
measured?
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR short to ground in
circuit 31S-FAl7A (BWRD) between the refri-
gerant high-pressure switch and the refrigerant
low-pressure switch using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
E17: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN REFRIGERANTHIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH AND REFRIGERANT
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH FOR SHORT TO GROUND 1
II
Measure the resistance between refrigerant
high-pressure switch, connector C405, pin 1,
circuit 31S-FA87 (BWGN), wiring harness side
and ground.
Is a resistance of more than 10,000 Ohm
measured?
+ Yes
RENEW the refrigerant high-pressure switch.
CHECK the operation of the system.
VFE0033618 + NO
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to ground
in circuit 31S-FA87 (BWGN) between the
refrigerant high-pressure switch and the PCM
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
PINPOINT TEST F :RECIRCULATED AIR FLAPS INOPERATIVE (AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM OK)
-VEHICLES WITHOUT ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EATC)
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
IF1: CHECK VOLTAGE AT RECIRCULATED AIR FLAP ACTUATOR
Ignition switch in position 0.
-- - - -
2006.0 Fiesta ~ m o o s
412-00-52 -
Climate Control System General Information 412-00-52
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
lgnition switch in position II.
Measure the voltage at the recirculated air flap
actuator, connector C611, between pin 4, circuit
15s-FA76 (GNIRD) and pin 2, circuit 31S-FA76
(BWOG), wiring harness side.
I
IMeasure the resistance between the control
panel for the climate control system, connector
C302, pin 4, circuit 15s-FA76 (GNIRD), wiring
harness side and the recirculated air flap actu-
ator, connector C611, pin 4, circuit 15s-FA76
(GNIRD), wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
+ Yes
GO to F4.
VFE0028903
VFE0028902
62: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE RECIRCULATED AIR FLAP ACTUATOR AND THE
ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EATC) MODULE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
I lanition switch in ~osition0. I
I Disconnect Connector C366 of EATC module. I
Measure the resistance between the recirculated
air flap actuator, connector C611, pin 2, circuit
33-FA76 (YEIBU), wiring harness side and the
EATC module, connector C366, pin I,circuit
VFE0038599
VFE0038600
-
Climate Control System General Information
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
rnmodule,
--
H2: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE AIR DISTRIBUTION FLAP ACTUATOR AND THE EATC
MODULE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect Connector C366 from EATC module.
-
Measure the voltage between the air distribution
flap actuator, connector C368, pin 6, circuit 31S-
FB23 (BWRD), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a voltage measured during any of these
measurements?
-+ Yes
LOCATE and REPAIR the short to voltage in
the relevant circuit between the air distribution
flap actuator and the EATC module using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
-+ No
GO to H5.
H5: CHECKTHE CIRCUITS BETWEEN THE AIR DISTRIBUTION FLAP ACTUATOR AND THE EATC
MODULE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
412-00-62 -
Climate Control System General Information 412-00-62
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Measure the resistance between the air distribu-
tion flap actuator, connector C368, pin I,
circuil
31S-FB20 (BWBU), wiring harness side and
ground.
w
control flap actuator, connector C369, pin 2,
circuit 15-FB9 (GNIRD), wiring harness side and
ground.
Is battery voltage measured?
+ Yes
GO to 13.
-t No
GO to 12.
VFE0030336
12: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL FLAP ACTUATOR AND THE
EATC MODULE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Ignition switch in position 0.
VFE0038609
VFE0030395
15: CHECK THE CIRCUITS BETWEEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL FLAP ACTUATOR AND
THE EATC MODULE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Ignition switch in position 0.
PINPOINT TEST K : FAULT IN CENTER VENTS AIR OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT -
VEHICLES WITH ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EATC)
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
K l : CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE CENTERVENTS AIR OUTLET TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect Connector C364 from center vents
air outlet temperature sensor.
K4: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BEWEEN THE CENTERVENTS AIR OUTLETTEMPERATURE SENSOR
AND THE EATC MODULE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
1- Measure the resistance between the center
vents air outlet tem~eraturesensor, connector
C364, pin I,circuit ' & ~ ~ 9(W6HIRD), wiring
harness side and ground.
PINPOINT TEST L : SUN LOAD SENSOR CIRCUIT FAULTY -VEHICLES WITH ELECTRONIC
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EATC)
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Ll: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE SUN LOAD SENSOR
rnIgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect Connector C389 from sun load
sensor.
Measure the resistance between the sun load
sensor, connector C389, pin 1, circuit 9-FA53
(BNIBU), wiring harness side and ground.
f
ED Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
( OI- + Yes
C GO to L2.
0
(
u + No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 9-
FA53 (BNIBU) between the sun load sensor
~~~0038626 and soldered connection S262 using the
Wiring Diagrams: CHECK the operation of the
system.
L2: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE SUN LOAD SENSOR AND THE ELECTRONIC AUTO-
MATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EATC) MODULE FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
I rnDisconnect Connector C367 from EATC module.
L4: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE SUN LOAD SENSOR AND THE EATC MODULE FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Ignition switch in position 0.
VFE0003380
\
,
n
-
-
a b
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Measure the voltage between the passenger
compartment temperature sensor, connector
C388, pin 3, circuit 31s-FA48 (BWGN), wiring
harness side and ground.
El - 00
------
00
-
C J -+
Is a voltage measured?
Yes
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to voltage
supply in circuit 31s-FA48 (BWGN) between
the passenger compartment temperature
VFE0029206 sensor and the EATC module using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
-, No
GO to N4.
N4: CHECKTHECIRCUIT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AND THE EATC MODULE FOR SHORT TO GROUND
lgnition switch in position 0.
Measure the resistance between the passenger
compartment temperature sensor, connector
C388, pin 3, circuit 31s-FA48 (BWGN), wiring
harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of more than 10,000 ohms
measured?
-+ Yes
INSTALL A NEW passenger compartment
temperature sensor. CHECK the operation of
VFE0036131
the system.
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short circuit in
circuit 31S-FA48 (BWGN) between the
passenger compartment temperature sensor
and the EATC module using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
-+
Is the fuse OK?
Yes
I \-
GO to 02.
+ No
RENEW fuse F4 (10 A). CHECK the operation
of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
-CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F4
Disconnect fuse F4 (CJB).
and ground.
I Is battery voltage measured?
I
+ Yes
GO to 03.
+ No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse F4 using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
1 03: CHECKVOLTAGEAT ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EATC) MODULE (
I Disconnect Connector C366 from EATC module. I
Measure the voltage between the EATC module,
connector C366, pin 11, circuit 29-FA43
(OGIWH), wiring harness side and ground.
Is battery voltage measured?
-+ Yes
GO to 04.
-+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between fuse F4 and the EATC module using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK operation of
system.
-- -
Materials
Air gap A (.-
Name Specification
Spacer washer set
I.Measurement for recessed pulley
Check the air gap A between the drive plate
and the pulley at 60 degree intervals around
the circumferance of the pulley, while
operating the AIC clutch several times by
means of a 5A fused jumper wire connected
between the battery positive terminal, AIC
0
clutch and battery ground. For additional ~3402038
.. .
Air Conditioning (AIC) System Recovery, Evacuation and
(.
. Charging(34 620 2)
General Equipment N0TE:Vehicles with the I.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV)
I
Refrigerant centre I diesel engine
Unscrew and remove the protective caps
IRefrigerant analyzer I from the A/C charging connections.
1. N0TE:This step is not necessary for vehicles 1. Low-pressure connection
equipped with the 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) 2. High-pressure connection
diesel engine.
Remove the right-hand headlamp.
For additional information, refer to:
Headlamps (417-01, Removal and
Installation).
3. ~ C A U T I O N : Trefrigerant
~~ analyzer must ~ A R N ~ N G :recovering
W ~ ~ ~the
be used before recovery, otherwise the refrigerant do not allow it to enter the
refrigerant center may become contaminated. atmosphere under any circumstances.
Contaminated refrigerant must be disposed Failure to follow these instructions may
of as hazardous waste. Always follow the result in personal injury.
manufacturer's instructions when using the
refrigerant center and the refrigerant
analyzer.
412-00-88 -
Climate Control System General Information 412-00-88
GENERAL PROCEDURES
N0TE:When removing components of the air A CAUTI0N:The air conditioning system
conditioning system, calculate the residual quantity must always be evacuated before charging.
of refrigerant oil. Failure to observe this instruction can
For additional information, refer to: Refrigerant Oil cause damage to the N C system.
Adding (412-00, General Procedures). 10. N0TE:Depending on the type of refrigerant
Recover the refrigerant from the N C system centre and the equipment (with or without
via the low-pressure connection in heated filling cylinder), the air conditioning
accordance with the refrigerant centre system is either charged with liquid via the
manufacturer's instructions. high-pressure connection or with gas
through the low-pressure connection.
7. CAUTIONS:
N0TE:Charge quantity on sticker in engine
n ~ h AM:e system must be evacuated for compartment.
about 30 minutes before recharging, to
ensure that it operates correctly. Charging the N C system (with liquid) via the
high-pressure connection.
n l f moisture was able to enter an open 1. Open the shut-off valve on the high-pressure
system over an extended period (several side.
hours), install a new accumulator/dehydrator 2. Switch the refrigerant centre to "Fill" mode
and increase the evacuation time to 2-3 and fill with the prescribed quantity of liquid
hours. refrigerant (R134a).
Evacuate the N C system according to the
refrigerant centre manufacturer's ACAUTION:O~I~ gaseous charging of the
instructions. air conditioning system is performed via
the low-pressure connection. Failure to
8. N0TE:lf an air conditioning system that was follow these instructions may cause
filled with refrigerant is being evacuated, damage to the compressor.
some refrigerant will still be in the refrigerant
oil in the compressor. This remaining Charging the AIC system via the
refrigerant may evaporate, causing a slight low-pressure connection.
increase in pressure during the leak test, he I.Open the shut-off valve on the low-pressure
system is leak-free provided, that this side.
pressure increase does not exceed 20 mbar 2. Switch the refrigerant centre to "Fill" mode
(2 kPa, 0.29 psi). and charge with gaseous refrigerant.
Perform the leak test. 3. Top up with the remaining amount of
refrigerant whilst the air conditioning is
1. For the leak test, close the hand valves on
switched on. For this purpose, run the engine
the pressure gauge set, switch off the at approx. 1200-1500 rpm. Switch the air
refrigerant centre vacuum pump and observe
conditioning to maximum cooling power and
the low pressure gauge.
fresh air mode. Set the blower to maximum
2. Locate any leaks in the N C refrigerant circuit speed. Fill with the remainder of the
using a leak tester. For additional information, prescribed fill capacity.
refer to: (412-00 )
Flourescent Dye Leak Detection 12' AWARNING:D~ not detach the
(General Procedures), high-pressure hose when the air
Electronic Leak Detection conditioning is switched on. Failure to
(General Procedures). follow these instructions may result in
personal injury.
9. Top up with refrigerant oil.
Disconnecting the refrigerant centre.
For additional information, refer to:
Refrigerant Oil Adding (412-00, 1. Close the shut-off valves.
General Procedures). 2. Switch off the refrigerant centre.
3. Disconnect the service unit line from the N C
charging connection.
4. Attach the protective caps to the filling valves.
F
'L-
412-01-2 Air Distribution and Filtering 412-01-2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Air Distribution
Pollen filter
p~ -
/
,- Air Distribution and Filtering
( ' REFER to Section 412-00 [Climate Control System
- General Information].
--
Installation
1. Reinstall the components in reverse order.
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications. .............................................................................................................. 412-02-2
I
Overview
Item Description
A Warm air to the vents
B Warm air to the footwell
1 Air flow upstream of the pollen filter 1
evaporator core (if equipped)
2 Air flow downstream of the pollen filterI
evaporator core (if equipped)
Installation
I.Reinstall the components in reverse order.
VFE0031289
Installation
I.Reinstall the components in reverse order.
S ~ e c i aTool(s1
l 3. Drain the air conditioning system.
Remover, quick-release For additional information, refer to: Air
coupling 112" (blue) Conditioning (AIC) System Recovery,
412-027 (34-001) Evacuation and Charging (412-00 Climate
-
Control System General Information,
General Procedures).
4. Remove the instrument panel.
For additional information, refer to:
Remover, quick-release -
Instrument Panel Vehicles Built Up To:
coupling 518" (black) I012005 (501-12 Instrument Panel and
412-038 (34-003) Console, Removal and Installation).
5. Remove the air cleaner. For additional
information, refer to: (303-12 Intake Air
Distribution and Filtering)
-
Air Cleaner 1.25L Duratec-I6V (Sigma)ll.4L
Duratec-16V (Sigma)ll.6L Duratec-I 6V
(Sigma) (Removal and Installation),
Removal -
Air Cleaner I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
(Removal and Installation),
All vehicles -
Air Cleaner 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) (Removal -
1. Drain the cooling system. For additional
information, refer to:
and Installation),
-
Air Cleaner I.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
(-
(Removal and Installation).
Cooling System Draining, Filling and
-
Bleeding 1 . 3 ~Duratec-aV (Rocam)/l.25~ 6. Detach the coolant hoses from the heater
Duratec-16V (Sigma)ll.4L Duratec-I 6V core.
(Sigma)ll.6L Duratec-I 6V (Sigma) (303-03
-
Engine Cooling 1.3L Duratec-8V
(Rocam)ll.25L Duratec-I 6V (Sigma)ll.4L
Duratec-I 6V (Sigma)ll.6L Duratec-I 6V
(Sigma), General Procedures),
Cooling System Draining, Filling and
Bleeding (303-03 Engine Cooling 1.4L-
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, General
Procedures),
Cooling System Draining, Filling and
Bleeding (303-03 Engine Cooling 2.OL-
Duratec-HE (M14), General Procedures),
Cooling System Draining, Filling and
Bleeding (303-03 Engine Cooling 1.6L-
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, General
Procedures).
2. Remove the right-hand headlamp assembly.
For additional information, refer to:
Headlamp Assembly (417-01 Exterior
Lighting, Removal and Installation).
I I
17. Disconnect the right-hand electrical
14. Disconnect the electrical connector of the connector of the instrument panel wiring
generic electronic module (GEM). harness (the footwell trim is shown
removed for clarity).
the footwell ventlduct blend door actuator from the airbag module.
and the temperature blend door actuator. I I
-
-
32. Remove the upper bolts of the heater core 35. Remove the in-vehicle crossbeam upper
and evaporator core housing. bolts.
33. Remove the side bolts from the heater core 36. Remove the in-vehicle crossbeam.
and evaporator core housing (left side
1. Lift the in-vehicle crossbeam.
shown).
2. Pull the in-vehicle crossbeam rearwards.
I
*' grommet
ACAUTION:M~~~ certain that the rubber
of the heater core and evaporator
38' &AUTION:M~~~ sure that the water drain core housing water drain tube is correctly
tube is not damaged when laying down the located in the vehicle floor.
housing. Install the heater core and evaporator core
Remove the heater core and evaporator core housing.
housing.
I '
3' ACAUTIO
thatN
the:rubber
E~~~~~
installation grommet for the wiring harness of the
electrical additional heater is correctly
All vehicles located in the bulkhead.
10. Install the side bolts on the in-vehicle 13, Install the windshield air ducts (left-hand
crossbeam. side shown).
11. Install the caps (left-hand side shown). 14. Install the bolts of the windshield air ducts
(left-hand side shown).
All vehicles
20. Attach the antenna cable to the middle clips
on the in-vehicle crossbeam.
7. Remove the heater core cover. 10. Remove the air inlet blend doors with the
fresh air ducting (right-hand side shown). - ,
I I
9. Detach the air inlet blend door operating
cables (right-hand side shown). 12. Remove the blower motor resistor.
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications...................................................................................................................... 412-03-2
Tightening torques
Description Nm Ib.ft Ib.in
I Bolt, refrigerant line to AIC compressor
IBolt, AIC compressor
Bolt, AIC compressor drive plate 13 10 -
High-pressure cutoff switch
Low-pressure cutoff switch
8
2.5
-
-
71
23
C
I Nut, refrigerant line to condenser I 8
Bolt, accumuIatorldehydrator 8 - 71
Nut, accumulator refrigerant line to AIC compressor 8 - 71
I I I
Air Conditioning
Overview
Item Description
I 1
1 Filter I
1 2 1 Bi-metal spring -
-
I
3 Valve housing
Air Conditioning
/-'
\i' REFER to Section 412-00 [Climate Control System
- General Information].
All vehicles
N0TE:Mark the installation position of the AIC
compressor clutch connector in relation to the
compressor housing.
5. Remove the AIC compressor driveplate (AIC
compressor shown removed for clarity).
Installation
I.Reinstall the components in reverse order.
I All vehicles
Remover, quick-release
coupling 112" (blue) 2. Remove the air cleaner housing. For
412-027 (34-001) additional information, refer to:
-
Air Cleaner I.25L Duratec-I 6V (Sigma)/l.4L
Duratec-I 6V (Sigma)/l.6L Duratec-I 6V
(Sigma) (303-12 lntake Air Distribution and
Filtering, Removal and Installation),
-
Air Cleaner 1.3L DuratecSV (Rocam)
(303-12 lntake Air Distribution and Filtering,
Removal and Installation),
-
Air Cleaner I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
(303-12 lntake Air Distribution and Filtering,
Removal and Installation),
-
Luftfilter 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) (303-12,
Removal and Installation),
-
Luftfilter I.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
I IRemover, Broken Orifice I (303-12, Removal and Installation).
3. Evacuate the air conditioning (AIC) system.
For additional information, refer to: Air
Conditioning (AIC) System Recovery,
Evacuation and Charging (412-00 Climate
-
Control System General Information,
Removal
RHD vehicles
I.Unclip the condenser to evaporator line from
the side member.
Installation
I.N0TE:lnstall new refrigerant line O-rings.
N0TE:Coat the refrigerant line O-rings with clean
refrigerant oil before installation.
Install the components in the reverse order.
Installation
I.N0TE:lnstall new O-rings on the low
pressure switch.
N0TE:Coat the low pressure switch O-rings with
clean refrigerant oil before installation.
Reinstall the components in reverse order.
3' AWARNING:M~~~
certain that the valve of
the high pressure switch is completely
closed after removal of the high pressure
(&,
1
.- switch, to prevent refrigerant from escaping.
Failure to observe this instruction can lead
to injury.
Remove the high pressure switch.
Discard the O-rings.
Installation
I.N0TE:lnstall new O-rings on the high
/-
pressure switch.
( N0TE:Coat the high pressure switch O-rings with
'L
clean refrigerant oil before installation.
Reinstall the components in reverse order.
8' ~ C A U T I O N : C Ioff
~~ the
~ refrigerant lines installation
and the AIC condenser to prevent dirt from
entering. " ~ C A U T I O N : D Onot damage the foam seals
of the condenser.
Detach the refrigerant lines from the
condenser. N0TE:lnstall new O-rings on the refrigerant lines.
Discard the O-rings. N0TE:Coat the refrigerant line O-rings with clean
I refrigerant oil before installation.
Reinstall the components in reverse order.
lo'
~CAUTION:DOnot damage the foam seals
of the condenser.
Remove the condenser.
Removal
1. Remove the right-hand headlamp assembly.
For additional information, refer to:
Headlamp Assembly (417-01 Exterior
Lighting, Removal and Installation).
2. Drain the air conditioning system.
''&AUTION:CI~~~ off the refrigerant lines
and the suction accumulator to prevent
For additional information, refer to: Air contamination.
Conditioning (AIC) System Recovery, Using the special tool, disconnect the upper
Evacuation and Charging (412-00 Climate refrigerant line from the suction accumulator.
-
Control System General Information,
Discard the O-ring seals.
General Procedures).
3. Disconnect the low-pressure cutoff switch
electrical connector.
I I
Installation
I. N0TE:lnstall new refrigerant line O-ring
seals.
N0TE:Lubricate the refrigerant line O-ring seals
with clean refrigerant oil before installation.
To install reverse the removal procedure.
1'
Installation
Vehicles with 1.251,1.41 or 1.61 engine
1. N0TE:lnstall new refrigerant line O-ring
7' ACAUTIO
the N
N C:compressor
S~~~~~ ~
seals. --- -
before removing the retaining bolts and
secure it to one side to prevent load being N0TE:Lubricate the refrigerant line O-ring seals I
placed on the refrigerant lines. with clean refrigerant oil before installation.
Remove the N C compressor. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
34002
Removal
All vehicles
1. Drain the air conditioning system.
For additional information, refer to:
Air Conditioning (AIC) System Recovery,
Evacuation and Charging (412-00). ~ C A U T I O N : C Ioff
~~ ~ refrigerant lines
the
and the dehydrator to prevent contamination.
Vehicles with I 0 0 PS diesel engine
Detach the connection block and the
2. Remove the right-hand head lamp unit. compressor refrigerant
- lines from the
For additional information, refer to: dehydrator.
Headlamps (417-01, Removal and Discard the O-rings.
Installation).
3m~ C A U T I O N : C Ioff
~~ the
~ refrigerant lines
and the dehydrator to prevent contamination.
Detach the connection block and the
compressor refrigerant lines from the
dehydrator.
Discard the O-rings.
I
All vehicles
6. Raise vehicle for access
For additional information, refer to:
Lifting (100-02, Description and Operation).
7' ~ C A U T I O N : C Ioff
~ ~the
~ refrigerant line
and the condenser core to prevent
contamination.
Detach the connection block and the
compressor refrigerant lines from the
condenser.
8' ~ C A U T I O N : Coff
I ~ the
~ ~compressor to
prevent contamination.
Remove the connection block and the AIC
compressor refrigerant lines.
Discard the O-rings.
Installation
1. N0TE:lnstall new refrigerant line O-rings.
N0TE:Coat the O-rings for the refrigerant lines
with clean refrigerant oil prior to installation.
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
412-03-26 Air Conditioning 412-03-26
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
All vehicles
6. Disconnect the high-pressure switch
I.Drain the air conditioning system. electrical connector.
For additional information, refer to:
Air Conditioning (AIC) System Recovery,
Evacuation and Charging (412-00).
2. Remove the air filter housing. For additional
information, refer to: (303-12 Intake Air
Distribution and Filtering)
-
Air Cleaner I.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/lS4L
Duratec-I 6V (Sigma)/l.6L Duratec-16V
(Sigma) (Removal and Installation),
-
Air Cleaner 1.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)
(Removal and Installation),
-
Air Cleaner I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
(Removal and Installation),
-
Air Ch?aner 2.0L Duratec-HE (MI41(Removal 7. ~CAUTION:Close off the refrigerant line
and Installation), and the condenser core to prevent
-
Air Cleaner I.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel contamination.
(Removal and Installation).
Disconnect the condenser to evaporator line
3. Detach the coolant expansion tank from the from the AIC condenser.
wheel housing.
Discard the O-rings.
I.Remove the bolt. r I
2. Unhook the coolant expansion tank from the
bracket and lay it to one side.
ACAUTION:CI~~~
off the refrigerant line
and the evaporator core to prevent
contamination.
Disconnect the condenser to evaporator line
from the A/C evaporator core.
Discard the O-rings.
~ o u ~ l i n ~ ' 5(black)
18"
412-081 (34-003)
Remover, Quick-Release
Coupling 314" (white)
412-069 (34-002)
I I
I
I
Vehicles with l o 0 PS diesel engine
4. Remove the right-hand head lamp unit.
Removal For additional information, refer to:
Headlamps (417-01, Removal and
Installation).
All vehicles
1. Drain the air conditioning system. All vehicles 2 .
),
For additional information, refer to: 5. Remove the retaining clip of the AIC line (-,
Air Conditioning (AIC) System Recovery, quick-fit connector.
Evacuation and Charging (412-00).
2. Remove the air filter housing. For additional
information, refer to: (303-12 Intake Air
Distribution and Filtering)
-
Air Cleaner I.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)ll.4L
Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.6L Duratec-I 6V
(Sigma) (Removal and Installation),
-
Air Cleaner 1.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)
(Removal and Installation),
-
Air Cleaner I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
(Removal and Installation),
-
Air Cleaner 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) (Removal
and Installation),
-
Air Cleaner I .6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
" ACAUTION:CI~~~
off the refrigerant line
(Removal and Installation).
and the dehydrator to prevent contamination.
3. Detach the coolant expansion tank from the
wheel housing. Disconnect the evaporator refrigerant outlet
line from the dehydrator using the special
1. Remove the bolt. tool.
8' ~ A U T I O N : C Ioff
~ the
~ ~refrigerant line
and the evaporator core to prevent lnstallation
contamination.
1. N0TE:lnstall new refrigerant line O-rings.
Detach the evaporator refrigerant outlet line
from the evaporator. N0TE:Coat the O-rings for the refrigerant lines
with clean refrigerant oil prior to installation.
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications...................................................................................................................... 412-04-2
Control Components
Climate control Assembly
(,-
Item Description
I I Isensor element I
2 In-vehicle temperature sensor with
integrated fan
In order to achieve optimum measurement values,
an integrated blower draws air from the interior into
the in-vehicle temperature sensor.
The measured values are transmitted to the control
module installed in the climate control assembly,
which requires these in order to regulate the
in-vehicle temperature.
Like the other air discharge temperature sensors,
the in-vehicle temperature sensor is an Negative
Temperature Coefficient (NTC) resistor.
Control Components
REFER to Section 412-00 [Climate Control System
- General Information].
~ C A U T I O N : S U ~the
lo' ~Oscrewdriver
~~ on
7. Fully open the glove compartment. suitable padding to avoid damaging the
Press the sides towards the centre to release fascialcrash padding console.
the glove compartment from the stops. Detach the switches from the fascialcrash
padding console.
VUE
~~~0029943
17. ~CAUTION:DOnot kink the actuation
cable for the temperature flap adjusting
14. Pull the fascialcrash padding console mechanism.
forwards to gain access to the heaterlair Detach the temperature flap adjusting
conditioning control unit. mechanism from the heaterlair conditioning
control unit (heaterlair conditioning control
unit shown from the rear for clarity).
1. Rotate the adjusting mechanism clockwise.
Installation
1. CAUTIONS:
a ~ n s u r that
e the shaft of the air
distribution flap engages properly in the
adjusting mechanism on the heater core 1
evaporator housing.
All vehicles
I.Remove the audio unit.
For additional information, refer to: Audio
Unit -Vehicles Built From: I012005 (415-01
Audio Unit, Removal and Installation).
2' ~ A U T I O N : S the~screwdriver
~ ~ ~ ~ on~
suitable padding to avoid damage to the
dashboard console.
Remove the dashboard console switches.
Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Detach the surround for the air conditioning
system control panel and the air conditioning
system control panel from the dashboard.
All vehicles
8. Disconnect the connector for the air
conditioning system control panel.
O' ~ C A U T I O N : S the~screwdriver
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ on
7. Fully open the glove compartment. suitable padding to avoid damaging the
Press the sides towards the centre to release fascialcrash padding console.
the glove compartment from the stops. Detach the switches from the fascialcrash
I padding console.
I I
8. Detach the shaft of the air distribution flap
from the adjusting mechanism on the heater 11, unplugthe connector and remove the
core 1 evaporator housing. switches.
Release the catch and pull out the shaft.
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
412-04-17 Control Components 412-04-17
. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
12. Unscrew and remove the upper bolts from 15. Detach the shaft of the air distribution flap
the fascialcrash padding console. from the heaterlair conditioning control
unit.
Turn the air distribution rotary control while
detaching the shaft.
VUE0029943
- 1 17' ACAUTION:D~
not kink the actuation
cable for the temperature flap adjusting
-
14. Pull the fascialcrash padding console mechanism.
forwards to gain access to the heaterlair Detach the temperature flap adjusting
conditioning control unit. mechanism from the heaterlair conditioning
control unit (heaterlair conditioning control
unit shown from the rear for clarity).
1. Rotate the adjusting mechanism clockwise.
(1 ;
VUE
~.
.
Removal
Left-hand drive vehicles. All vehicles
I.Remove the glove compartment. -
4. Remove the actuator air distribution flap.
1. Disconnect the connector for the air
distribution flap actuator.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the air distribution flap actuator from
the flap shaft.
I I
RHD vehicles
5
Installation
I.
N0TE:After installing the air distribution flap
actuator, initialise the air distribution flap
actuator using the air conditioning system
control panel. To do this, press the
"Footwell" and "OFF" buttons
simultaneously, then press the "Auto"
<-
button.
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Installation
1. N0TE:During installation of the temperature
control flap actuator, ensure that the end
positions of both toothed segments are
correctly positioned in relation to each other.
N0TE:After installing the temperature control flap
actuator, initialize the temperature control flap
actuator using the air conditioning system control
panel. To do this, press the "Footwell" and "OFF"
buttons simultaneously, then press the "Auto"
button.
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
--
1. Remove the instrument panel. 4. Remove the ground strap bolt in the left-hand
footwell.
For additional information, refer to:
Instrument panel (501-12, Removal and
Installation).
2. Unclip part of the left-hand footwell trim.
VFE0026465
-- --
I I
17. Remove the bolts of the windshield air
14. Disconnect the airbag module connector. ducts (left-hand side shown).
Unclip the wiring harness.
I
1 I
18. Remove the windshield air ducts (left-hand
side shown).
-
15. Unscrew and remove the ground cable bolt
.. . . ..
trom tne airbag moaure.
I
Installation
I.To install, reverse the removal procedure.
2m& A U T I O N : S ~ ~ ~
the
~ screwdriver
~~ on
suitable padding to avoid damaging the
dashboard console.
Remove the dashboard console switch.
1. Detach the connector.
Installation
I.To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
GO to Pinpoint Test B.
tion is inoperative
The climate controllintegrated
control panel illumination is
inoperative - vehicles without
air conditioning (AIC)
The climate controllintegrated
control panel illumination is
lnstrument cluster.
Fuse@).
Circuit(s).
Climate control assembly.
Fuse@).
Circuit(s).
c GO to Pinpoint Test C.
GO to Pinpoint Test D.
--i
inoperative - vehicles with A/C Climate control assembly.
The audio unit illumination is Fuse@). GO to Pinpoint Test E.
inoperative Circuit@).
Audio unit.
The hazard lamp switch illumin- Fuse@). GO to Pinpoint Test F.
ation is inoperative Circuit(s).
Hazard lamp switch.
r-
' _,
Pinpoint Tests
PINPOINT TEST A : THE CONTROL ILLUMINATION IS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I
A1: CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE PARKING LAMPS
rnPlace the side lamps in the ON position.
Does the parking lamps and license plate
lamps illuminate?
-+ Yes
INSTALL a new headlamp switch. TEST the
system for normal operation.
-, No
Diagnose the exterior lighting system.
REFER to: Parking, Rear and License Plate
Lamps (417-01 Exterior Lighting, Diagnosis
and Testing).
TEST the system for normal operation.
-
- -, No
REPAIR circuit 29s-LH27 (OGIGN). TEST the
system for normal operation.
VUE0029971
-@@ + Yes
INSTALL a new climate control assembly.
REFER to: Climate Control Assembly (412-04
-
- Control Components, Removal and Installa-
tion).
~~~0029970 TEST the system for normal operation.
+ No
REPAIR circuit 31-LH27 (BK). TEST the
system for normal operation.
-
- + No
REPAIR circuit 29s-LH27 (OGIGN). TEST the
system for normal operation.
VUE0029969
I
2006.0 Fiesta la2006 G86098en I
413-00-6 Instrument Cluster and Panel Illumination 413-00-6
- -
-
@@- -+ Yes
GO to F2.
No
-
-
-+
I
I
C714. -7
Disconnect Multifunction Switch Assembly
I
Turn the headlamp switch to the ON position.
.
(. ri
-
1 0
Measure the resistance between the multifunc-
tion switch assembly C714 pin 9, circuit 31-DKl
(BK), harness side and ground.
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
Inl -+ Yes
-@@-
INSTALL a new multifunction switch assembly.
TEST the system for normal operation.
0
-
- -, No
REPAIR circuit 31-DK1 (BK). TEST the
VUE0030293
system for normal operation.
I H2: CHECK THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM DISPLAY MODULE ILLUMINATION FOR GROUND I
Measure the resistance between the navigation
system display module C717 pin 8, circuit 91-
MD15 (BWGN), harness side and ground.
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
-+ Yes
INSTALL a new navigation system display
module. TEST the system for normal opera-
tion.
-+ No
REPAIR circuit 91-MD15 (BWGN). TEST the
system for normal operation.
AT -
-
+ Yes
INSTALL a new selector lever.
00
00, REFER to: Selector Lever (307-05 Automatic
- TransmissionKransaxle External Controls
- Vehicles With: 4-Speed Automatic Trans-
~65882 mission (AW81-40), Removal and Installa-
tion).
TEST the system for normal operation.
-, No
REPAIR circuit 31-TA35 (BK). TEST the
system for normal operation.
GO to J2.
-, No
-
- REPAIR circuit 29s-LK21 (OGIBK). TEST the
system for normal operation.
E65879
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
413-00-12 Instrument Cluster and Panel Illumination 413-00-12
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I K2: CHECK THE DVD PLAYER ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT FOR GROUND I
Measure the resistance between the DVD player
C437 pin 16,31-LK17 (BK), harness side and
ground.
Is the resistance less than Iohm?
+ Yes
INSTALL a new DVD player. Test the system
for normal operation.
+ No
Repair the circuit@) 31-LKI 7 (BK). Test the
system for normal operation.
Symptom Chart
(=)
L
Svm~tom
The control illumination is
inoperative
Possible Sources
Fuse.
Headlamp switch.
I Action
GO to Pinpoint Test A.
Circuit.
The lnstrument cluster illumina- Circuit(s). GO to Pinpoint Test B.
tion is inoperative Instrument cluster.
The climate controllintegrated Fuse(s). GO to Pinpoint Test C.
control panel illumination is Circuit(s).
inoperative - vehicles without Climate control assembly.
air conditioning (AIC)
The climate controllintegrated Fuse(s). GO to Pinpoint Test D.
control panel illumination is Circuit(s).
inoperative - vehicles with A/C Climate control assembly.
with manual temperature
control
The climate controllintegrated Fuse(s). GO to Pinpoint Test E.
control panel illumination is Circuit(s).
inoperative - vehicles with Climate control assembly.
electronic automatic temper-
ature control (EATC)
The audio unit illumination is Fuse(s). GO to Pinpoint Test F.
inoperative Circuit(s).
Audio unit.
Fuse@).
Circuit(s).
Gearshift lever.
P
I
GO to Pinpoint Test H.
GO to Pinpoint Test I.
Pinpoint Tests
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST L : THE CONTROL ILLUMINATION IS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
1
A1: CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE PARKING LAMPS
1 Place the side lamps in the ON position.
I
Does the parking lamps and license plate
lamps illuminate?
-+ Yes
INSTALL a new headlamp switch. TEST the
system for normal operation.
-+ No
Diagnose the exterior lighting system.
REFER to: Parking, Rear and License Plate
Lamps (417-01 Exterior Lighting, Diagnosis
and Testing).
TEST the system for normal operation.
@ 0 -+ Yes
GO to D2.
-
- -+ No
REPAIR circuit 29s-LH27 (OGIGN). TEST the
system for normal operation.
VUE0029969
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
413-00-18 Instrument Cluster and Panel Illumination 413-00-18
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Measure the voltage between the climate control
assembly C367 pin 3, circuit 29S-LH27
(OGIGN), harness side and ground.
Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
-+ Yes
GO to E2.
-+ No
REPAIR circuit 29S-LH27 (OGIGN). TEST the
system for normal operation.
c m
Measure the voltage between the audio unit
C775 pin 14, circuit 29s-LK34 (OGIBK), harness
side and ground.
-0 @ Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
-, Yes
-
11-
-
- GO to F2.
-t No
)
3c -, REPAIR circuit 29s-LK34 (OGIBK). TEST the
system for normal operation.
E65913
I -
Turn the headlamp switch to the ON position.
Measure the voltage between the hazard lamp
switch C341 pin 3, circuit 29s-LH54 (OGIGN),
harness side and ground.
Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
-, Yes
GO to G2.
-
-
-, No
REPAIR circuit 29s-LH54 (OGIGN). TEST the
system for normal operation.
E65916
~65917
I Z P A I R circuit 31-LG8 (BK). TEST the system
for normal operation.
m
@ @
Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
+ Yes
GO to 12.
+ No
-
- REPAIR circuit 29s-LK21 (OGIBK). TEST the
system for normal operation.
E65879
PINPOINT TEST U : THE HEATED WINDSHIELD SWITCH AND HEATED REAR WINDOW SWITCH
ASSEMBLY ILLUMINATION IS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS
Jl: CHECK THE HEATED WINDSHIELD SWITCH AND HEATED REAR WINDOW SWITCH
ASSEMBLY ILLUMINATION FOR POWER
Disconnect Heated Windshield Switch and
Heated Rear Window Switch Assembly C345.
Turn the headlamp switch to the ON position.
Measure the voltage between the heated wind-
shield switch and heated rear window switch
assembly C345 pin 2, circuit 29s-HB1 (OGIBU),
harness side and ground.
Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
-+ Yes
GO to J2.
+ No
REPAIR the circuit 29s-HBI (OGIBU). TEST
~66229 the system for normal operation.
PINPOINT TEST V : THE STABILITY ASSIST SWITCH AND PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATION
SWITCH ILLUMINATION IS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
K l: CHECK THE STABILITY ASSIST SWITCH AND PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATION SWITCH
ILLUMINATION FOR POWER
Disconnect Stability Assist Switch and
(G2 Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch C346.
R T u r n the headlamp switch to the ON position.
Measure the voltage between the stability assist
switch and passenger air bag deactivation
switch C346 pin 2, circuit 29S-CF1 (OGIBU),
harness side and ground.
Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
+ Yes
GO to K2.
+ No
REPAIR the circuit 29S-CFI (OGIBU). TEST
~66115 the system for normal operation.
p1I
- I
-+
Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
Yes
GO to L2.
+ No
REPAIR circuit 29s-LK17 (OG-BK). Test the
system for normal operation.
I
L2: CHECK THE DVD PLAYER ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT FOR GROUND
rnMeasure the resistance between the DVD player
C437 pin 16,31-LK17 (BK), harness side and
ground.
Is the resistance less than 1 ohm?
-+ Yes
INSTALL a new DVD player. Test the system
for normal operation.
+ No
Repair the circuit(s) 31-LK17 (BK). Test the
system for normal operation.
Self-Diagnostic Mode
Y Odometer
Display
GAGE
GaugellndicatorIDisplay
Tested
Tachometer, speedometer,
Description
2. Fill in all LCD All segments Odometer LCD Fills in LCD of odometer.
illuminated
3. Indicator LED(s) bulb Indicators and warning indic- Illuminates all the warning
ators indicators that are controlled by
the instrument cluster.
4. ROM level rXXXX Instrument cluster read only Displays the instrument cluster
FA1L memory (ROM) ROM level and type.
5. Non-volatile memory nrXXXX lnstrument cluster non-volatile Displays the instrument cluster
level memory ROM level and type as stored
in the non-volatile memory.
6. Not required EE XX Checksum fault Not required.
FA1L
7. Not required CF1 XX Configuration Not required.
8. Not required CF2 XX Configuration Not required.
9. Not required CF3 XX Configuration Not required.
10. Diagnostic trouble dtc then XXXX DTCs If any DTCs are displayed.
code (DTC) NONE REFER to WDS to diagnose
the instrument cluster. A new
DTC code will be displayed with
each press of the reset button.
11. Vehicle speed EXXXX Speedometer Displays the speed signal input
m.p.h. in m.p.h. Dashes in odometer
display if no signal received.
12. Vehicle speed kml XXXX Speedometer Displays the speed signal input
h in kmlh. Dashes in odometer
display if no signal received.
13. Not required SGXXXX Speedometer driver gauge Not required.
count
14. Engine speed tXXXX Tachometer Displays the tachometer input
signal (RPM). Dashes in
odometer display if no signal
received.
15. Not required tGXXXX Tachometer driver gauge count Not required.
16. Fuel volume F1 XXX Fuel sender system Displays the fuel volume signal
input. 000 - 009 Short circuit.
010 - 254 Normal range. 255
open circuit
17. Not required FPI XXX Input Not required.
18. Not required FPt XXX Input Not required.
19. Fuel level FGXXXX Fuel LCD Displays the number of
segments illuminated in the
Fuel LCD.
Self-Diagnostic Mode
Test I Odometer Display
I Gauge/lndicator/
Display Tested
Description
8. Manufacturing
date
. MANUFACTURE Instrument cluster manu- Displays the instrument
. facturing date cluster date of manufac-
l HOURS XXXX
ture.
9. Diagnostic DTC#NN DTCs Display the individual
trouble code (DTC) .l
11. Vehicle speed ROAD SPEED Speedometer Displays the speed signal
kmlh XXX.X KMIH input in kilometers per
hour.
12. Not required .SPEED0 - Not required.
XXXX
13. Engine speed lENGINE SPEED Tachometer Displays the engine speed
XXXX input signal (RPM)
15. Odometer count l OD0 ROLL COUNT Odometer Displays the odometer
X X X rolling count
16. Fuel volume l FUEL AID INPUT Fuel sender system Displays the fuel
XXX volume signal input.
l 000 - 009 Short circuit
010 - 254 Normal
range
255 open circuit
Removal
1. NOTE: If a new instrument cluster is to be
installed, connect WDS and upload the
-
instrument cluster configuration information
using the programmable installati0n 3. Disconnect the electrical connector and
routine, prior to commencing the removal of remove the instrument cluster.
the instrument cluster.
NOTE: If a new instrument cluster is to be installed,
the odometer value must be recorded from the
original instrument cluster before removal as this
will be required when configuring the new
instrument cluster. If the odometer value cannot
be obtained from the instrument cluster (display
failure). The customer should supply the
approximate value.
Remove the instrument cluster finish panel.
(Steering wheel shown removed for clarity).
lnstallation
I.N0TE:If a new instrument cluster is being
installed, connect WDS and configure the
new instrument cluster to the PATS system
after the installation of the instrument
cluster.
NOTE: If a new instrument cluster is being installed
connect WDS and download the instrument cluster
configuration information using the programmable
modules installation routine after the installation of
the instrument cluster.
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
r
lnstrument Cluster - Vehicles Built From: 1012005(33 214 0)
General Equipment 2. Remove the steering column upper shroud.
Removal
NOTE: If a new instrument cluster is to be installed,
connect WDS and upload the instrument cluster
configuration information using the programmable
modules installation routine, prior to commencing
the removal of the instrument cluster.
NOTE: If a new instrument cluster is to be installed, 4. Remove the instrument cluster finish panel.
the odometer value must be recorded from the
original instrument cluster before removal as this
will be required when configuring the new
instrument cluster. If the odometer value cannot
be obtained from the instrument cluster (display
failure), the customer should supply the
approximate value.
1. Remove the instrument panel lower panel.
1. Remove the lower retaining screws.
2. Remove the upper retaining screws from the
stowage compartment.
3. Release the retaining clip.
Installation
I.N0TE:If a new instrument cluster is being
installed, connect WDS and configure the
new instrument cluster to the PATS system
after the installation of the instrument
cluster.
NOTE: If a new instrument cluster is being installed
connect WDS and download the instrument cluster
configuration information using the programmable
modules installation routine after the installation of
the instrument cluster.
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications...................................................................................................................... 413-06-2
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
The horn is inoperative Fuse(s).
Circuit(s).
Horn switch.
Horn.
Clockspring.
GEM.
Clockspring. GO to Pinpoint Test B.
Horn switch.
Circuit(s).
GEM.
Pinpoint Tests
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST A : THE HORN IS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I
A l : CHECK THE HORN FOR POWER
rZ] Disconnect Horn C413 - All Except Vehicles
with 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) engine or I.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel engine.
Disconnect Horn C414 - Vehicles with 2.OL
Duratec-HE (M14) engine or 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi
(DV) Diesel engine.
1-'
Inl + Yes
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
-
- -+ No
REPAIR circuit 29-GJ8 (OG). TEST the
system for normal operation.
VUE0030288
+ No
REPAIR circuit 31-GJ9 (BK). TEST the system
for normal operation.
E65307
A WARNING:To deactivate the driver air bag, refer to the procedure in section 501-20B for the
correct air bag deactivation procedure. Failure to follow this instruction, may result in
personal injury.
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
413-06-8
VUE0030302
E65211
I jNo
INSTALL a new GEM.
REFER to: Generic Electronic Module (GEM)
(419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules,
Removal and Installation).
TEST the system for normal operation.
I B2: CHECK CIRCUIT 31s-GJ7 (BWBU) FOR SHORT TO GROUND I
I -
Disconnect Clockspring C763 Vehicles Without
Stability Assist.
'L
I/-,,
'
-
- -, No
REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for
normal operation.
VUE0030287
A WARN1NG:To deactivate the driver air bag, refer to the procedure in section 501-208 for the
correct air bag deactivation procedure. Failure to follow this instruction, may result in
personal injury.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
The horn is inoperative Fuse(s). GO to pinpoint Test A.
Circuit(s).
Horn switch.
Horn.
Clockspring.
GEM.
--
Pinpoint Tests
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST C : THE HORN IS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I A1: CHECK THE HORN FOR POWER 1
Disconnect Horn C413 - All Except Vehicles
with 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) engine or 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel engine.
Disconnect Horn C414 - Vehicles with 2.OL
Duratec-HE (M14) engine or 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi
(DV) Diesel engine.
1 ~ 5CHECK
: THE GEM GROUND CIRCUIT 31-DK20 (BK) I
Disconnect GEM C318.
rnpin
Measure the resistance between the GEM C318
3, circuit 31-DK20 (BK), harness side and
ground.
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
-+ Yes
GO to A6.
+ No
REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for
normal operation.
E65248
E65109
A WARNING:To deactivate the driver air bag, refer to the procedure in section 501dOB for the
correct air bag deactivation procedure. Failure to follow this instruction, may result in
personal injury.
VUE0030302
A WARN1NG:To deactivate the driver air bag, refer to the procedure in section 501-20B for the
correct air bag deactivation procedure. Failure to follow this instruction, may result in
personal injury.
VUE0030296
Warning Devices
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 413-09, for
schematic and connector information.
1I - Generic electronic
module (GEM)
I
I - Instrument cluster
Installation
1. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Parking Aid
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 413-13, for 2. Disconnect the parking aid resistance plug. (.
schematic and connector information. 3. Turn the ignition key to position II.
4. Select the reverse gear and then deselect the
lnspection and Verification reverse gear.
5. Turn the ignition key to position 0.
1. Verify the customer concern. 6. Connect the parking aid resistance plug.
2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of electrical 7. TEST the system for normal operation. If the
damage. cause persists, refer to the Self-Diagnostic
Visual lnspection Chart Mode.
Electrical
Self-Diagnostic Mode
- Fuse(s)
Relay@) I.To enter the parking aid module Self-Diagnostic
Wiring harness Mode, turn the ignition key to position 0, remove
Electrical connector(s) the parking aid resistance plug and make sure
the vehicle is in neutral gear.
Parking aid sensor(s)
2. Make sure that no obstacle is within 2 meters
Parking aid display and speaker
of the rear of the vehicle.
Reversing lamp switch
3. Turn the ignition key to position II and select
Parking aid module reverse gear.
Parking aid resistance plug 4. Self-Diagnostic Mode will be indicated by an
audible tone for three seconds from the parking
3. If an obvious cause for an observed or reported aid speaker, and is paused for one second.
concern is found, correct the cause (if possible) 5. If a concern is detected with a parking aid
before proceeding to the next step. sensor, the parking aid module will indicate this
4. If the cause is not visually evident, verify the by emitting an audible tone sequence from the
symptom and refer to the Parking Aid Module parking aid speaker.
Reset Procedure. 6. If there is a concern with more than one parking
aid sensor, a second sequence will be emitted
after the first.
Parking Aid Module Reset Procedure
7. To exit the Self-Diagnostic Mode, select neutral,
1. Turn the ignition key to position 0. turn the ignition key to position 0 and install the
parking aid resistance plug.
ON for seventy five milliseconds, Module concern. Low battery GO to Pinpoint Test A.
(.. pause for seventy five milli- voltage. Short in parking aid
seconds resistance plug circuit.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
Parking aid sensor(s). REFER to the Self-Diagnostic
emitted Parking aid module. Mode.
Parking aid resistance plug.
The parking aid speaker has a Parking aid sensor(s) dirty or CLEAN the rear parking aid
continuous or intermittent tone iced over. sensor(s).
when the reverse gear is Parking aid sensor(s) incor- INSTALL the rear parking aid
selected rectly installed. sensor(s) correctly.
Parking aid is inoperativeldoes Parking aid module. GO to Pinpoint Test A. .
not operate correctly Reversing lamp switch.
Circuit(s).
Parking aid speaker.
Parking aid resistance plug.
Pinpoint Test
PINPOINT TEST A : PARKING AID IS INOPERATIVEIDOESNOT OPERATE CORRECTLY
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I
A1: CHECK THE REVERSING LAMP SWITCH
lgnition switch in position II.
Select reverse gear.
I Is the reversing lamp working?
I -+
-+
Yes
GO toA2..
No
REFER to Section 417-01 [Exterior Lighting].
A2: CHECK THE PARKING AID MODULE POWER SUPPLY
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
I [21Disconnect Parking Aid Module C1015. I
lgnition switch in position II.
Select reverse gear.
-
- + No
CHECK and REPAIR the circuit between the
parking aid module C1015 pin 18, (RD),
VUE0025252
harness side and C800 pin 27, (GNNE),
I
harness side. IF the circuit is OK, INSTALL a
new parking aid module. TEST the system for
normal operation.
IA~: CHECK THE PARKING AID MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT I
1 U
Ignition
- switch in position 0. I
Measure the resistance between the parking
aid module C1015 pin 10, (BN), harness side
I and ground.
I
I Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
I
+ No
CHECK and REPAIR the circuit between the
parking aid module C1015 pin 10, (BN)
harness side and ground. IF the circuit is OK,
INSTALL a new parking aid module. TEST
the system for normal operation.
I A4: CHECK THE PARKING AID SPEAKER CIRCUIT I
Disconnect Parking Aid Speaker C1016.
Connect Parking Aid Module C1015.
lgnition switch in position II.
Select reverse gear.
-0
m
0
88 k-::
Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
+ Yes
INSTALL a new parking aid module. TEST
-
- !B 8B
13
the system for normal operation.
+ No
CHECK and REPAIR the circuit between the
E0031166
parking aid module C1015 pin 25, (PK),
harness and ground. If the circuit is OK,
INSTALL a new parking aid resistance plug.
TEST the system for normal operation.
GENERALPROCEDURES
Battery Charging......................................................................................... (31 003 0) 414-00-12
-
Charging System General Information 414-00-2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Charging System
.
'Smart charge' generator control The PCM controls the operation of the charging
system system warning indicator which is located in the
instrument cluster. The PCM is therefore
responsible for turning the warning indicator off
General after the engine is started and illuminating it under
fault conditions, the warning indicator will also be
The generator creates electrical current to supply illuminated by the PCM at key-on, engin-off, and
the vehicle electrical system and maintain the stall conditions.
battery in a charged condition. The generator is
driven by the accessory drive belt. The smart charging system consists of the following
functions:
For additional information, refer to: Accessory Drive
Battery temperature estimation and charging
- 1.4L Duratec-I 6V (Sigma)/l.6L Duratec-16V voltage control
(Sigma) (303-05 Accessory Drive, Description
and Operation) Generator load feed forward
IAccessory Drive - 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel Generator deactivation during engine crank
(303-05 Accessory Drive, Description and Idle speed increase under low voltage Ihigh
Operation) electrical load conditions (to increase alternator
IAccessory Drive - 1.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam) output and reduce battery discharge)
(303-05 Accessory Drive, Description and Low voltage electrical load deactivation
Operation)
IAccessory Drive - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel Over-voltage activation of electrical loads
(303-05 Accessory Drive, Description and By continually calculating the battery temperature
Operation) and controlling generator output voltage the battery
IAccessory Drive - 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) (303-05 charging current is optimized. The generator load
Accessory Drive, Description and Operation). feed forward function gives the PCM advance
When the engine is started, the generator begins warning of impending electrical load, and hence
to generate alternating current (AC) which it impending changes in alternator torque. Using this
converts to direct current (DC) internally. The DC information, the PCM is able to achieve a greater
current is supplied to the battery and vehicle degree of idle stability. The PCM also controls the
electrical loads at a voltage controlled by the generator activation during crank, and the idle
voltage regulator (located on the back of the speed increase functions. The passenger junction
generator). The charging system voltage is box (PJB) controls the two remaining smart
controlled by the powertrain control module (PCM). charging functions, low voltage electrical load
The battery is more efficiently charged with a higher deactivation and over-voltage activation of electrical
loads. When the battery voltage drops below the .
voltage when the battery is cold and a lower
voltage when the battery is warm. The PCM is able low voltage threshold, the PJB disables the
.
to adjust the charging voltage according to battery following components in this order with a 5 second
temperature, which it calculates based on intake delay between each load deactivation:
air temperature (IAT) and engine coolant Heated windshield
temperature (ECT). Heated rear window
The PCM simultaneously monitors and controls Air conditioning
the voltage output of the generator. When the
current consumption is high or the battery is The PJB re-enables all previously disabled
excessively discharged, the system is able to electrical loads when the battery voltage is above
increase the idle speed. To minimize the engine the low voltage threshold. The order for re-enabling
drag when starting the engine, the PCM loads is air conditioning, then the heated rear
window, then the heated windshield, with a 5
deactivates the generator. When the engine has
started, the PCM then progressively increases the
output of the generator.
second delay between each load reactivation.
When re-enabled, the electrical loads are returned
(1 'I
Diagnosis
There is a self-test facility for the Smart Charge -
System, stored in the PCM and which can be
accessed through the WDS. If a fault occurs in the
system, the charging system warning indicator is
illuminated by the PCM. If voltage regulation fails,
the generator operates with a fixed charging
voltage of approximately 13.5 Volts.
With fixed charging voltage the generator operates
as usual and still delivers enough current for the
vehicle systems. After the ignition is switched on,
the PCM switches on the charging system warning
indicator to check that it operates. After the engine
starts the charging system warning indicator is
switched off again. During the engine run condition,
the charging system warning indicator will only
illuminate if the PCM identifies that there is a fault
present for a 20 second period. (Voltage out of
range, internal generator fault, or PCM to generator
communication fault).
414-00-5 -
Charging System General Information 414-00-5
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
Charging System
/-
'
\.
x
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 414-02, for protect your eyes. Always provide
schematic and connector information. ventilation. Failure to follow these
General Eaui~ment instructions may result in personal injury.
ISurface charge
- dissipation unit (SCD )
2
( 1. Verify the customer concern.
2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical
Micro390 battery tester or electrical damage.
Visual lnspection Chart
lnspection and Verification Mechanical Electrical
WARNINGS:
A Batteries contain sulphuric acid. Avoid
contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. Also,
I.
-
-
-
Accessory drive belt
Generator
Generator decoupler
-
-
-
Fuse(s)
Wiring harness
Electrical
shield your eyes when working near (if equipped) connector(s)
batteries to protect against possible - Battery junction box
splashing of the acid solution. In case of (BJB)
acid contact with skin or eyes, flush - Battery
immediately with water for a minimum of
15 minutes and get prompt medical - Battery cables
attention. If acid is swallowed, call a - Charging system
physician immediately. Failure to follow warning indicator
these instructions may result in personal
injury. 3. If an obvious cause for an observed or reported
e
I,.-
.1
A Batteries normally produce explosive
gases which can cause personal injury.
concern is found, correct the cause (if possible)
before proceeding to the next step.
Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or 4. Check the operation of the charging system
lighted substances to come near the warning indicator lamp, located in the instrument
'
battery. When charging or working near a cluster. Normal operation is as follows:
battery, always shield your face and
The generator is noisy Accessory drive belt. REFER to: Accessory Drive
(303-05 Accessory Drive,
Diagnosis and Testing).
Loose generator mounting TIGHTEN the generator
bolts. mounting bolts.
-
-
Generator On-Vehicle Tests No-Load Test
4. Read the voltage (base voltage).
5mStart the engine.
I.Turn off all electrical loads and the ignition 6. Run the engine at 1500 rpm with no electrical
(- switch. load.
2. Switch the multimeter to the voltage function. 7-Read the voltage. The voltage should be in the
range of 14.1 volts to 15.1 volts. If the voltage
increase is less than 2.5 volts above the base
Battery Identification
m
t 0
m (00
0
2;
6 m5
Silver Calcium
20212058
r
'L 1
battery is holding a surface charge, the
battery tester will give false readings.
follows:
Turn the ignition key to position II and switch
on the headlamps (main beam), heated
N0TE:The SCD2 tool eliminates the need to windshield (if equipped), heated rear window
dissipate the battery's surface charge via the (if equipped) and the heater blower motor
manual process of loading the battery via the
TI20212063
XXX CCA (SAE)
(',
4. Carry out the action based upon the test result
displayed and the following table.
I.Charge level bar graph.
E 7CA JLK
I UNABLE TO TEST I Disconnect the battery from the vehicle and retest. I
I'In addition, it is advisable to check the I
- - -
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications...................................................................................................................... 414-01-2
GENERAL PROCEDURES
Battery Disconnect.............................................................................................................. 414-01-4
Torque Specifications
Description Nm Ib-ft Ib-in
Battery clamp retaining nuts 8 - 71
Battery positive terminal retaining nut 5 - 44
Battery positive terminal cable retaining nut 12 9 -
1 Battery ground terminal retaining nut I 5
Battery ground terminal cable retaining nut I 8
Battery tray retaining bolts 12 9 -
Generator positive cable retaining nut - vehicles 8 - 71
with I.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.3L Duratec-8V
(Rocam)/l.4L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.6L Duratec-
16V (Sigma) engines
Generator positive cable retaining nut - vehicles 15 11 -
with 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel/l.GL Duratorq-
TDCi (DV) DieselM.OL Duratec-HE (M14) engines
Starter motor positive cable retaining nut - all 12 9 -
vehicles
Ignition switch to starter motor cable retaining nut 6 - 53
- vehicles with 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel//
I 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) ~ i e s e l / 2 . 0~uratec-HE
(M14) engines
~
Battery
\\- REFER to: Charging System (414-00 Charging
System - General Information, Diagnosis and
Testing).
- -
Battery Disconnect
Disconnect battery. When charging or working near
the battery always shield your face and
WARNINGS: protect your eyes. Always provide
Batteries normally produce explosive adequate ventilation. Failure to follow
gases which may cause personal injury, these instructions may result in personal
therefore do not allow flames, sparks or injury.
lighted substances to come near the
battery. When charging or working near
A Batteries contain sulphuric acid, avoid
contact with skin eyes or clothing. Shield
the battery always shield your face and your eyes when working near the battery
protect your eyes. Always provide to protect against possible splashing of
adequate ventilation. Failure to follow the acid solution. In case of acid contact
these instructions may result in personal with the skin or eyes, flush immediately
injury. for a minimum of 15 minutes and seek
A Batteries contain sulphuric acid, avoid prompt medical attention. If swallowed, call
a physician immediately. Failure to follow
contact with skin eyes or clothing. Shield
your eyes when working near the battery these instructions may result in personal
to protect against possible splashing of injury.
the acid solution. In case of acid contact CAUTI0N:Make sure all electrical systems
with the skin or eyes, flush immediately are switched OFF before connecting the
for a minimum of 15 minutes and seek battery ground cable to avoid damage to
prompt medical attention. If swallowed, call the vehicle electrical system.
a physician immediately. Failure to follow
these instructions may result in personal I.Connect the battery ground cable.
injury. 2. Enter the audio unit keycode and preset
A Audio unit key code saving devices must radio frequencies.
not be used when working on 3. Reset the clock to the correct time.
supplemental restraint or fuel systems.
When using these devices the vehicle
electrical system is still live but with a
reduced current flow. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in personal injury.
A CAUTI0N:Make sure the engine is not
running before disconnecting the battery
ground cable to avoid damage to the
vehicle electrical system.
N0TE:This procedure should be used to
disconnect the battery while carrying out repairs
that refer to the battery being disconnected.
1. Obtain and record the audio unit keycode
and preset radio frequencies.
2. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
Connect
WARNINGS:
A Batteries normally produce explosive
gases which may cause personal injury,
therefore do not allow flames, sparks or
lighted substances to come near the
/-
Battery Tray(44 271 4)
(
\.
Installation
/F\ CAUTI0N:lf installing a new battery, only
VUEOO~I~~~\ install the specified battery type. /
I I
For additional information, refer to:
Specifications (414-01 Battery, Mounting
and Cables, Specifications).
1
8. Disconnect the starter motor solenoid cable
electrical connector. 11. Remove the battery to starter motor
solenoid cable.
Installation
I.To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Installation
CAUTI0N:If installing a new battery, only
install the specified battery type.
For additional information, refer to:
Specifications (414-01 Battery, Mounting
and Cables, Specifications).
For additional information, refer to: Battery For additional information, refer to: Air
Disconnect (414-01 Battery, Mounting and -
Cleaner 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) (303-12
Intake Air Distribution and Filtering,
Cables, General Procedures).
Removal and Installation).
3. Remove the components in the order
indicated in the following illustration(s) and
table(s).
5
I
Wiring harness support
See Removal Detail
Battery cable retaining clip
\ 1
L-, Item Description Item Description
1 18 1 Crankshaft ~osition(CKP) sensor 1 1
22 Battery cable to generator electrical I
electrical connector connector
See Installation Detail
23 Battery cable
I
4. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
21 1 Generator electrical connector
Removal Details
Ifem 4 Wiring harness support
1. Detach the battery cable from the wiring
harness support.
Installation Details
Ifem 22 Battery cable to generator electrical
connector
N0TE:The battery cable to generator electrical
connector must follow the profile of the generator
as closely as possible.
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications................. ......... .. .. .... .. ................................. .... .............. . . ..... ... .......... 414-02-2
Torque Specifications - vehicles with I.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.3L Duratec-8V
(Rocam)/l .4L Duratec-16V (Sigma)ll.6L Duratec-16V (Sigma) engines..................... 414-02-2
Torque Specifications - vehicles with - I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel engine............ 414-02-2
Torque Specifications - vehicles with 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel engine.......... .... 414-02-2
Torque Specifications - vehicles with 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) engine............................. 414-02-2
- -
Torque Specifications vehicles with 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel engine
Description Nm Ib-ft Ib-in
Generator retaining bolts 45 33 -
Generator electrical connector 15 11 -
retaining nut
Air conditioning (AIC) compressor 25 18 -
retaining bolts
Accessory drive belt idler pulley 45 33 -
retaining bolt
-
Torque Specifications vehicles withI.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel engine
Description Nm Ib-ft Ib-in
Generator retaining bolts 45 33 -
Generator electrical connector 15 11 -
retaining nut
Air conditioning (NC) compressor
retaining bolts
Accessory drive belt tensioner
retaining bolts
-
Torque Specifications vehicles with 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14) engine
Description Nm Ib-ft Ib-in
Generator retaining bolts 48 35 -
Generator electrical connector 15 I
I -
retaining nut
Generator
( REFER to Section 414-00 [Charging System -
General Information].
10. Remove the generator lower retaining bolt. 2. N0TE:Do not tighten the generator lower
retaining bolt at this stage.
II
Install the generator lower retaining bolt.
I I
Installation
I.N0TE:lnstall the generator upper retaining
bolt into the generator prior to installing the
( generator.
I I
6. Install the power steering reservoir.
9. Install the right-hand headlamp.
connector
lntermediate shaft center bearing cap N0TE:lnstall a new catalytic converter to exhaust
retaining bracket retaining bolts flexible pipe gasket.
8. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Removal Details
Ifem 1 Generator wiring harness retaining clip
Ifem 4 Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor wiring
I.
Detach the generator wiring harness from harness retainingclip
the retaining clip.
I.Detach the CKP sensor wiring harness
Item 2 Generator electrical connector retaining clip from the generator.
Installation Details
Ifem 3 Battery cable to generator electrical
connector
N0TE:The battery cable to generator electrical
connector must follow the profile of the generator
as closely as possible.
-
CD Error Codes vehicles with 4500 Audio Unit
Error Codes
Error Code Error Description Error Rectification
E-2B CD Read Error CD is upside down or dirty. Clean
the CD and try it again, if the error
code is still displayed. DISCON-
NECT the audio unit power
connector. WAlT 30 seconds and
then CONNECT the audio unit
power connector. If the error code
is still displayed. INSTALL a new
audio unit.
REFER to: Audio Unit - Vehicles
Built Up To: 1012005 (415-01
Audio Unit, Removal and
Installation).
TEST the system for normal
operation.
E-2C Jump Error CD is upside down or dirty. Clean
the CD and try it again, if the error
code is still displayed. DISCON-
NECT the audio unit power
connector. WAlT 30 seconds and
then CONNECT the audio unit
power connector. If the error code
is still displayed. INSTALL a new
audio unit.
REFER to: Audio Unit - Vehicles
Built Up To: 1012005 (415-01
Audio Unit, Removal and
Installation).
TEST the system for normal
operation.
-
Self-Diagnostic Mode Model 2500
Test Syntax Displayed Description
1. FM waveband check. Numeric value (of station found) Tests the signal from the antenna
or Er2 if no signal received. cable.
2. Volume. No display shown. Audio unit Tests the traffic announcement
volume preset at 15. preset volume and volume control.
3. Test speaker circuit. RF. Tests the right-hand front speaker
circuit.
4. Test speaker circuit. LF. Tests the left-hand front speaker
circuit.
End of the audio unit Self- END. Displayed until the audio unit
Diagnostic Mode. , preset button 6 is pressed or Self-
Diagnostic Mode times out.
-
Self-Diagnostic Mode Models 3500,4500 and 6006
Test Syntax Displayed
I.FM waveband check. Numeric value (of station found)
or NOT FOUND if no signal cable.
received.
End of the audio unit Self- END. Displayed until the audio unit
Diagnostic Mode. preset button 6 is pressed or Self-
Diagnostic Mode times out.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
The audio unit is inoper- Fuse(s). GO to Pinpoint Test A.
ativeldoes not operate correctly Circuit(s).
Audio unit.
The display is blank - radio and Audio Kit. INSTALL a new audio unit.
cassette player or CD player REFER to: Audio Unit -
operate Vehicles Built Up To: 1012005
(415-01 Audio Unit, Removal
and Installation).
TEST the system for normal
operation.
Poor reception Antenna. GO to Pinpoint Test B.
Antenna cable.
Audio unit.
Poor qualityldistorted sound Speaker(s). GO to Pinpoint Test C.
from one or more speakers (not Circuit(s).
all speakers) Audio unit.
No sound from all speakers Audio unit. GO to Pinpoint Test D.
Circuit(s).
Speaker(s).
Pinpoint Tests
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST A : THE AUDIO UNlT IS INOPERATIVEIDOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY
TEST CONDITIONS
A l : CHECK AUDIO UNlT FOR POWER
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
C
Disconnect Audio Unit C344.
)21lgnition switch in position II.
13Measure the voltage between the audio unit
C344 pin I, circuit 29-MD15 (OGIBK), harness
side and ground; and between the audio unit
C344 pin 2, circuit 75-MD15 (YEIGN), harness
side and ground.
Are the voltages greater than 10 volts?
+ Yes
GO to A2.
+ N o - - - - -- - .
C. I'
-+ No
REPAIR the circuit@).TEST the system for
normal operation.
General Information
-
-illiur;rn u-m==sm=-maF. J w C w m P s
415-00-16
- - - - -
IECHECK
CIRCUIT 9 - ~ ~ (BNNE)
2 6 FOR OPEN I
Measure the resistance between the audio unit
C344 pin 19, circuit 9-MD26 (BNNE), harness
side and the audio remote control C681 pin 2,
circuit 9-MD26 (BNNE), harness side.
Is the resistance less than I ohm?
-, Yes
I
INSTALL a new audio remote control. If the
concern persists, INSTALL a new audio unit.
REFER to: Audio Unit - Vehicles Built Up To:
1012005 (415-01 Audio Unit, Removal and
Installation).
TEST the system for normal operation.
-+ No
REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for
normal operation.
E
6006CD Audio Units
-
Self-Dia nostic Mode SOOOC, 6000CD, '
1.2c1-1RFfortwo
channel system.
Right-hand front
speaker circuit.
3. If the cause is not evident after the 4. Retrieve the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)s
Self-Diagnostic Mode, connect the WDS to the and refer to the DTC Index Chart.
data link connector (DLC).
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
The audio unit is inoper- Circuit. GO to Pinpoint Test A.
ativeldoes not operate correctly Audio unit.
The display is blank - radio and Audio unit. INSTALL a new audio unit.
cassette player operate REFER to: Audio Unit -
Vehicles Built From: 1012005
(415-01 Audio Unit, Removal
and Installation).
TEST the system for normal
operation.
Pinpoint Tests
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
-p
q-,i
side and ground.
Are the voltages greater than 10 volts?
---
--- - -
- + Yes
GO to A2.
+ No
~65961 REPAIR circuit 29-MD15 (OGIBK) or circuit
75-MD15 (YEIGN). TEST the system for
normal operation.
A2: CHECK THE AUDIO UNlT GROUND CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
lgnition switch in position 0.
Measure the resistance between the audio unit
C775 pin II, circuit 91-MD34 (BWYE), harness
side and ground, and between the audio unit
C775 pin 12, circuit 91-MD15 (B WGN), harness
side and ground.
Are the resistances less than 1 ohm?
-+Yes
INSTALL a new audio unit.
REFER to: Audio Unit - Vehicles Built From:
~65962 1012005 (415-01 Audio Unit, Removal and
Installation).
TEST the system for normal operation.
-, No
REPAIR circuit 91-MD34 (BWYE) or circuit
91-MD15 (BWGN). TEST the system for
normal operation.
%
TIW3801009
-
-+ No
CLEAN and TIGHTEN the antenna base
connection to the body. If the concern persists,
INSTALL a new antenna cable.
REFER to: Antenna Cable (415-02 Antenna,
Removal and Installation).
TEST the system for normal operation.
B2: CHECK THE ANTENNA CENTER CONDUCTOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Remove the antenna mast.
Measure the resistance of the center conductor
between the ends of the antenna cable.
Is the resistance less than 1 ohm?
-+ Yes
GO to B3.
-+ No
INSTALL a new antenna cable.
REFER to: Antenna Cable (415-02 Antenna,
TIW3801010
Removal and Installation).
TEST the system for normal operation.
PINPOINT TEST J : POOR QUALINIDISTORTED SOUND FROM ONE OR MORE SPEAKERS (NOT
ALL SPEAKERS)
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Cl: CHECK THE SPEAKER RESISTANCE
Disconnect Inoperative Speaker.
Measure the resistance between the inoperative
speaker pin 1 and pin 2, component side.
PINPOINT TEST K : NO SOUND FROM ONE OR MORE OF THE SPEAKERS (NOT ALL SPEAKERS)
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
IDl: CHECK THE SPEAKER RESISTANCE I
Disconnect Inoperative Speaker.
Measure the resistance between the inoperative
speaker pin 1 and pin 2, component side.
Is the resistance approximately 4.0 ohms?
I
-+ Yes
GO to D2.
-+ No
INSTALL a new speaker(s). TEST the system
for normal operation.
I
+ No
REPAIR the circuit in question. TEST the
system for normal operation.
D3: CHECK THE INOPERATIVE SPEAKER(S) CONNECTOR PIN 2 CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the following
audio unit C776 pins, harness side and the
inoperative speaker(s) connector pin 2, harness
side:
- (Left front speaker) C527 pin 2, circuit 10-
MD28 (GY) to C776 pin 7, circuit 10-MD10
(GYIBK).
- (Right front speaker) C528 pin 2, circuit 10-
MD28 (GY) to C776 pin 6, circuit 10-MD17
(GYIRD).
- (Left rear speaker) C533 pin 2, circuitIO-
MD29 (GYNVH) to C776 pin 8, circuit 10-MD11
(GYNVH).
- (Right rear speaker) C534 pin 2, 10-MD29
(GYNVH) to C776 pin 5,lO-MD18 (GY).
Is the resistance less than 1 ohm?
+ Yes
GO to D4.
+ No
REPAIR the circuit in question. TEST the
system for normal operation.
TEST CONDITIONS ,
lnformation and Entertainment System
General Information
-
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
415-00-31
1
I
F4: CHECK THE DVD PLAYER TO HOOD SWITCH FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
I U
Disconnect Hood Switch C604. I
-
rnMeasure the resistance between the DVD player
C437 pin 5, circuit 31S-GL7A ( B W E ) and the
Audio System
REFER to Section 415-00 [Information and
-
Entertainment System General Information].
Installation
I.CAUTIONS:
A T O prevent damage to the new audio unit
while installing the climate control and audio
unit trim panel, apply masking tape to the
three sections of the audio unit.
Removal
1. If a new audio unit is to be installed, connect
WDS and upload the audio unit configuration
information using the Programmable
Modules lnstallation Routine, prior to
commencing the removal of the audio unit.
N0TE:When installing the audio unit removal tools,
make sure that the wording on the audio unit
removal tools is followed, TOP L indicates the top
of the tool, left-hand side of the audio unit and TOP
R indicates the top of the tool, right-hand side of
the audio unit. lnstallation
2. Using the audio unit removal tools, detach 1. CAUTIONS:
the audio unit from the instrument panel.
A T O prevent possible damage to the audio
unit while connectingthe audio unit electrical
connector, make sure that the antenna cable
electrical connector is connected first.
A ~ h audio
e unit wiring harness must not (-
become trapped when installing the audio
unit.
NOTE: Remove the audio unit removal tools from
the audio unit by releasing the spring clips before
installing the original audio unit.
N0TE:When installing a new audio unit, the audio
unit must be configured by selecting the
Programmable Module Installation Routine on
3. Disconnect the audio unit electrical
WDS.
connector.
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Release the locking tangs.
Antenna
REFER to Section 415-00 [Information and
Entertainment System - General Information].
Antenna Cable
General Equipment Vehicles without roof opening panel
Two suitable draw cords, each with a minimum 3. Detach the interior lamp.
length of one meter
Removal
All vehicles
I.Detach the front door opening weatherstrips.
All vehicles
13. Detach the antenna cable from the roof
9. Remove the sun visor retaining clips. panel (headliner shown removed for clarity).
Installation
I.NOTE:When installing a new antenna cable, 2. TO install, reverse the removal procedure.
some of the retaining clips are not required.
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications...................................................................................................................... 417-01-3
Exterior Lighting
\.
Front lighting The headlamps form a unit with the front turn signal
lamps and the side lamps. They are made entirely
of plastic and can only be replaced as a whole unit.
Front headlamps
The motors for the electric headlamp leveling
system are integrated in the headlamp unit.
The reflectors are free shape reflectors. The free
shape technology allows the full reflector to be
utilized.
In this technology, every point of the freely
calculated reflector is allocated to illuminating a
certain part of the road in front of the vehicle. As
a result it is possible to optimize the light
distribution through the form of the reflector alone.
The plastic cover is only there for protection.
Conventional H4 bulbs are used in the main
headlamps.
The turn signal lamps are yellow and have a
special base in order to prevent any confusion.
Glass base bulbs are used for the side lamps.
Description
Turn signal lamp
Main headlamp
CJ
-
Rear lighting Fiesta built from 0812005
/-
Headlamps - Vehicles Built Up To: 1012005
1
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 417-01, for
Visual Ins~ectionChart
schematic and connector information.
Special Tool(s) I Electrical system I
I ITerminal Probe Kit Fuse(s)
Lamp(s)
Connector(s)
Switches
Wiring harness
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
Fuse GO to Pinpoint Test A.
are inoperative Circuit(s)
Headlamp switch
Turn signal switch
Central junction box (CJB)
- - ---
The main beam warning lamp Circuit(s) REFER to: lnstrument Cluster
is inoperative lnstrument cluster - Vehicles Built Up To:
1012005 (413-01 lnstrument
Cluster, Diagnosis and
Testing).
System Checks
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST A : DIPPED BEAM AND MAIN BEAM INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Al: CHECK FUSE F40 (CJB)
IIIIgnition switch in position 0.
CHECK fuse F40 ( I 0 A) (CJB).
C.
I I Is the fuse OK?
I
+ No
INSTALL A NEW fuse F40 (10 A) and check
the operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to
ground using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
A2: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F40 (CJB)
-+
Does the meter display battery voltage?
Yes
I
GO to A3.
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the
voltage supply to fuse F40 (CJB) using the
Wiring Diagrams, if necessary CHECK and
INSTALL A NEW CJB. CHECK the operation
of the system.
I A ~ :CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT THE DIPPED BEAM RELAY I
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect dipped beam relay from socket
C417.
lgnition switch in position II.
SWITCH ON dipped beam
Measure the voltage between the dipped beam
relay, socket C417, pin I,
circuit 15s-LEI9
(GNIBU), CJB side and ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
+ Yes
GO to A4.
-+ No
GO to A5.
A4: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE DIPPED BEAM RELAY AND THE MAIN BEAM
RELAY
1 ~ 6CHECK
: THE HEADLAMP SWITCH I
Ignition switch in position 0.
-- -
I
)2Connect dipped beam relay to socket C417.
B3: CHECK THE POWER CIRCUIT OF THE DIPPED BEAM RELAY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Ignition switch in position 0.
VFE0033864
- GO to B4.
No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the dipped beam relay and the bridge
(CJB) using the Wiring Diagrams, INSTALL
A NEW CJB if necessary. CHECK the opera-
tion of the system.
B4: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE DIPPED BEAM RELAY
I
Ignition switch in position 0.
Measure the resistance between the dipped
beam relay, socket C417, pin 2, circuit 31-LEI 9
(BK), CJB side and ground.
FFa -, No
INSTALL A NEW dipped beam relay. CHECK
the operation of the system.
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
417-01-16 Exterior Lighting 417-01-16
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS
Connect a fused jumper wire (10 A) at the turn
signal switch, connector C357, between pin 8,
circuit 15s-LEI4 (GNIRD) and pin 9, circuit 15s-
LEI 9 (GNIBU), wiring harness side.
-
lgnition switch in position II.
I IGISWITCH ON d i o ~ e dbeam. . I
Check the dipped beam.
Does the dipped beam illuminate?
-+ Yes
INSTALL A NEW turn signal switch. CHECK
the operation of the system.
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the turn signal switch and the dipped
beam relay using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
-+
Does the meter display battery voltage?
Yes
I
I -+No
GO to C4.
I C6: CHECK THE POWER CIRCUIT OF THE MAIN BEAM RELAY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT I
lgnition switch in position 0.
Connect a fused jumper wire (20 A) at the main
beam relay, socket C411, between pin 3 circuil
30-LEI 3 (RD) and pin 5, circuit 15s-DB6
(GNNVH), CJB side.
and ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
-+ Yes
GO to D4.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the
voltage supply to fuse F9 (CJB) using the
Wiring Diagrams, if necessary CHECK and
INSTALL A NEW CJB. CHECK the operation
of the system.
D4: CHECK VOLTAGE AT THE LEFT-HAND HEADLAMP
CII]Ignition switch in position 0.
Disconnect left-hand headlamp from connector
C416.
lgnition switch in position II.
SWITCH ON dipped beam.
flMeasure the voltage between left-hand head-
lamp, connector C416, pin 2, circuit 15s-LEI6
(GNIOG), wiring harness side and ground.
E l Does the meter display battery voltage?
El-
+ Yes
n o o GO to D5.
17 n + No
< J
and ground.
I Does the meter display battery voltage?
I
--+ Yes
GO to D8.
--+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the
voltage supply to the fuse using the Wiring
Diagrams, if necessary CHECK and INSTALL
A NEW CJB. CHECK the operation of the
system.
ID8: CHECK VOLTAGE AT THE RIGHT-HAND HEADLAMP I
rnlgnition switch in position 0.
2006.0 Fiesta la2006
417-01-22 Exterior Lighting 417-01-22
-- -
-+
Is the fuse OK?
Yes
I
GO to E3.
-+ No
INSTALL A NEW fuse F52 (10 A). If the fuse
blows again, LOCATE and RECTIFY the short
to ground using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
-+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the
voltage supply to fuse F52 (CJB) using the
Wiring Diagrams, if necessary CHECK and
INSTALL A NEW CJB. CHECK the operation
of the system.
IE4: CHECK VOLTAGE AT THE LEFT-HAND HEADLAMP I
I lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect left-hand headlamp from connector
C416.
lgnition switch in position II.
1 I
15Measure the voltage between right-hand head-
lamp, connector C422, pin 1, circuit 15s-LE22
(GNIOG), wiring harness side and ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
+ Yes
I
GO to E9.
I I
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between fuse F53 (CJB) and the right-hand
headlamp using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
o GO to F5.
0 -+ No
INSTALL A NEW dipped beam relay. CHECK
the operation of the system.
VFE0033861
F5: CHECK CONTROL CIRCUIT 15s-LEI9 (GNIBU) FOR SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect turn signal switch from connector
C357.
rnIgnition switch in position II.
s TEST CONDITIONS --
I K
THE HEADLAMP SWIT%
-
FIO: CHECK CONTROL CIRCUIT 15s-LEI2 (GNNE) FOR SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
lgnition switch in position 0.
rnDisconnect turn signal switch from connector
C357.
rnlgnition switch in position II.
(4 Measure the voltage between turn signal switch,
connector C357, pin 7, circuit 15s-LE12A
(GNNE), wiring harness side and ground.
IVI Does the meter display battery voltage?
- -+ Yes
GO to F l l .
-, No
INSTALL A NEW turn signal switch. CHECK
the operation of the system.
VFE0002214
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Svm~tom Possible Sources Action
Dipped beam and main beam Fuse GO to Pinpoint Test A.
inoperative Circuit@)
Headlamp switch
Steering column multifunction
switch.
Central junction box (CJB)
The dipped beam is inoperative Circuit@) GO to Pinpoint Test B.
Dipped beam relay
Steering column multifunction
switch.
Central junction box (CJB)
The automatic headlamps are Circuit@)
inoperative (dipped beam OK) Headlamp switch
Rain sensor
Central junction box (CJB)
Generic Electronic Module
(GEM)
System Checks
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST H : DIPPED BEAM AND MAIN BEAM INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Al: CHECK FUSE F31 (10 A) (CJB).
Il(Ignition switch in position 0.
-+ No
LOCATE AND RECTIFY the break in the
voltage supply of fuse F31 (10 A) (CJB) using
the Wiring Diagrams. If necessary CHECK
and RENEW the CJB. CHECK the operation
of the system.
A3: CHECK THE VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO THE AUTOMATIC HEADLAMPS RELAY (PIN 3) FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
lgnition switch in position 0.
A6: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE AUTOMATIC HEADLAMPS RELAY FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
\...-..,,'
Ignition switch in position 0.
--
VFE0016100
-~~~ 0 0
GO to A10.
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the open circuit
VFEOOOO~O~ between the headlamp switch and the steering
column multifunction switch using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
II
CHECK the operation of the dipped beam.
Does the dipped beam illuminate?
+ Yes
INSTALL a new steering column multifunction
switch. CHECK the operation of the system.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY break in circuit 31-
DA12 (BK), between soldered connection S15
and ground G I 3 using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 s
,
417-01-39
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TESTCONDITIONS ' ,
Exterior Lighting
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
417-01-39
I
B3: CHECK THE LOAD CURRENT CIRCUIT OF THE DIPPED BEAM RELAY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Ignition switch in position 0.
Connect a fused jumper wire (20 A) at the
dipped beam relay, socket C417, between pin
3 circuit 30-LE20 (RD) and pin 5, circuit 15s-
DB7 (GNNE), CJB side.
VFE0016101
PINPOINT TEST J : THE AUTOMATIC HEADLAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE (DIPPED BEAM OK)
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
C1: CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect headlamp switch from connector
C338.
Connect a fused jumper wire (10 A) to the
headlamp switch, connector C338, between pin
8, circuit 15-LE29 (GN/BK)/15-LEI4 (GNIRD)
and pin 4, circuit 15s-LE14B (GNIRD), wiring
harness side.
VFE0028649
I
2006.0 Fiesta 1u2006 G544500en
417-01-43 Exterior Lighting 417-01-43
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS
CHECK the operation of the dipped beam.
Does the dipped beam illuminate?
-+ Yes
GO to C4.
-+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the generic electronic module (GEM)
and the headlamp switch using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
C4: CHECK VOLTAGE SUPPLY OF RAlN SENSOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect Rain sensor from connector C754.
lgnition switch in position II.
Measure the voltage between the rain sensor,
connector C754, pin I,circuit 15-LE55 (GNIOG),
wiring harness side and ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
-+ Yes
GO to C5.
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY break in circuit
between soldered connection S3 and the rain
VFEOO~E~~~ sensor using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
C5: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE RAlN SENSOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
lgnition switch in position 0.
Measure the resistance between the rain
sensor, connector C754, pin 2, circuit 31-LE55
(BK), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
-, Yes
GO to C6.
-+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY break in circuit
between rain sensor and soldered connection
~~~0038446 S264 using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the
operation of the system.
-+ Yes
GO to C7.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the generic electronic module (GEM)
and the soldered connection S264 using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
C7: CHECK THE VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO THE GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE (GEM) FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Disconnect ~ e n e r i celectronic module (GEM)
from connector C316.
lgnition switch in position 11.
Measure the voltage between the generic elec-
tronic module (GEM), connector C316, pin 7,
circuit 29-LE29A (OGIBK), wiring harness side
and ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
+ Yes
GO to C8.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between fuse F17 and the generic electronic
module (GEM) using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
IC8: N A DOWN~THE CAUSE OF T H E ~ L T
Ignition switch in position 0. I
Connect Generic electronic module (GEM) to
connector C316.
lgnition switch in position II.
C9: CHECK SIGNAL CABLE OF RAlN SENSOR FOR SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect Generic electronic module (GEM)
from connector C316.
131lgnition switch in position II.
Measure the voltage between the rain sensor,
connector C754, pin 3, circuit 8-LE55 (WHIBK),
wiring harness side and ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
-+ Yes
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to battery
voltage in the circuit between the generic
electronic module (GEM) and the sensor using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
VFE0038449
of the system.
-+ No
RENEW the generic electronic module (GEM).
CHECK the operation of the system.
CIO: CHECK SIGNAL CABLE OF RAlN SENSOR FOR SHORT TO GROUND
lgnition switch in position 0.
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
417-01-46 Exterior Lighting 417-01-46
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Measure the resistance between the rain
sensor, connector C754, pin 3, circuit 8-LE55
(WHIBK), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of more than 10,000 ohms
measured?
+ Yes
GO to C I I .
-+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to ground
VFE64515
in the circuit between CJB and the rain sensor
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
C l l : CHECK SIGNAL CABLE OF RAIN SENSOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
rnelectronic
Measure the resistance between the generic
module (GEM), connector C316, pin
22, circuit 8-LE55 (WHIBK), wiring harness side
and the rain sensor, connector C754, pin 3,
circuit 8-LE55 (WHIBK), wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
-+ Yes
RENEW the rain sensor. CHECK the opera-
tion of the system. If the concern remains,
VFE64282 RENEW the generic electronic module (GEM).
CHECK the operation of the system.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the generic electronic module (GEM)
and the rain sensor using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
VFE0016107
0
0
04 -+ Yes
GO to D5.
-+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the CJB (jumper) and the main beam
~~~0033863
relay using the Wiring Diagrams. If necessary
RENEW the CJB. CHECK the operation of
the system.
D5: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE MAlN BEAM RELAY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
lgnition switch in position 0.
12)Measure the resistance between the main beam
relay, socket C411, pin 2, circuit 31-LEI2 (BK),
CJB side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
-Yes
GO to D6.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the main beam relay and soldered
~~~0033862
connection S15 using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
D6: CHECK THE LOAD CURRENT CIRCUIT OF THE MAlN BEAM RELAY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
lgnition switch in position 0.
VFE0033864
1
headlamp, connector C422, pin 6, circuit 31-
LE30 (BK), wiring harness side and ground.
--+
Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
Yes
CHECK and if necessary RENEW the right-
hand headlamp. CHECK the operation of the
system.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuii
between the right-hand headlamp and
soldered connection S l 1 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
i-
'.-
Measure the resistance between the left-hand
headlamp, connector C416, pin 6, circuit 31-
LE31 (BK), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
-+ Yes
CHECK and if necessary INSTALL A NEW
headlamp. CHECK the operation of the
system.
-, No
E0011568 LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the headlamp and soldered connec-
tion S10 using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
F6: CHECK FUSE F53 (10 A) (CJB).
IIIlgnition switch in position 0.
1CHECK fuse F53 (10 A) (CJB).
Is the fuse OK.?
-+ Yes
GO to F7.
-, No
RENEW fuse F53 (10 A) (CJB). If the fuse
blows again, LOCATE and RECTIFY the short
to ground using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
F7: CHECK THE VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO FUSE F53 (IOA) (CJB) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Connect fuse F53 (10 A) (CJB).
121lgnition switch in position II.
SWITCH ON main beam.
Measure the voltage between fuse F53 (10 A)
(CJB) and ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
-+ Yes
GO to F8.
-+ No
LOCATE AND RECTIFY the break in the
voltage supply of fuse F53 (10 A) (CJB) using
the Wiring Diagrams. If necessary CHECK
and RENEW the CJB. CHECK the operation
of the system.
F8: CHECK THE VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO THE RIGHT-HAND HEADLAMP FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
lgnition switch in position 0.
'No
Dipped beam permanently switched on: GO
to G3;
G6: CHECK CONTROL CIRCUIT 15s-LEI9 (GNIBU) FOR SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect steering column multifunction switch
from connector C357.
lgnition switch in position II.
L..'
I Disconnect Generic electronic module (GEM)
from connector C320.
Exterior Lighting
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
CHECK the dipped beam.
Does the dipped beam illuminate?
(.
.;
-+ Yes
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to battery
voltage in the circuits connected to the head-
lamp switch, connector C338, pin 6 using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
-,No
RENEW the generic electronic module (GEM).
CHECK the operation of the system.
G9: DETERMINE THE FAULT CONDITION
N0TE:Light up the rain sensor so that the automatic headlamps do not respond.
I G I I : CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE RAIN SENSOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT I
I I Ignition switch in position 0. I
1 Measure the resistance between the rain
sensor, connector C754, pin 2, circuit 31-LE55
I
(BK), wiring harness side and ground.
I Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered? I
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY break in circuit
between rain sensor and soldered connection
S264 using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the
operation of the system.
I
I
Measure the voltage between the rain sensor,
connector C754, pin 3, circuit 8-LE55 (WHIBK),
wiring harness side and ground.
I I Does the meter display battery voltage?
613: CHECK SIGNAL CABLE OF RAlN SENSOR FOR SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
I
619: CHECK CONTROL CIRCUIT 15s-LEI2 (GNNE) FOR SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
rnlgnition switch in position 0.
12Disconnect steering column multifunction switch
from connector C357.
lgnition switch in position II.
Stoplamps
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 417-01, for 1. Verify the customer concern.
schematic and connector information. 2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of electrical
Special Tool(s) (or mechanical) damage.
I
Terminal Probe Kit Visual lnspection
Mechanical Electrical
Stop lamp switch Fuse(s)
adjustment Lamp(s)
Connector(s)
Switches
Wiring loom
lnspection and Checking
3. Resolve any obvious causes or concerns found
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, during the visual inspection before carrying out
remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle, any further tests.
so that communication between the module and 4. If the concern is not visually evident, refer to the
WDS is ensured. Symptom Chart.
N0TE:W the powertrain control module (PCM) is
changed, the new one must be programmed. For
this purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out
of the module to be replaced using WDS and is
transferred to the new module. REFER to: (418-00)
Communications Network - Vehicles Built Up
To: 1012005 (Diagnosis and Testing),
Communications Network - Vehicles Built From:
1012005 (Diagnosis and Testing).
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
- -
System Checks
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST P : STOP LAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I
A1:CHECK FUSE F45 (15 A) (CJB).
I rnIgnition switch in position 0. I
I Disconnect fuse F45 (15 A) (CJB). I
II CHECK fuse F45 (15 A) (CJB).
Is the fuse OK?
I
-, No
RENEW fuse F45 (15 A) (CJB) and check the
operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to
ground using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
I A2: CHECK THE VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO FUSE F45 (15 A) (CJB) I
rnConnect fuse F45 (15 A) (CJB).
lgnition switch in position II.
IVI
-
VFE0007210
VFE0014283
VFE0038423
+
Does the meter display battery voltage?
Yes
I
GO to B9.
-+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the
circuit@)between soldered connection S12
and the additional high-mounted stop lamp
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
I B9: CHECK GROUND CONNECTION OF ADDITIONAL HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP I
I rnIgnition switch in position 0. I
1 U
Measure the resistance between the additional
high-mounted stop lamp, connector C550, pin
I
2, circuit 31-LG6 (BK), wiring harness side and
ground.
I Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered? I
+ Yes
CHECK and if necessary RENEW the addi-
tional high-mounted stop lamp. CHECK the
operation of the system.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the additional high-mounted stop
lamp and soldered connection S201 using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
L,j
1 Disconnect stop lamp switch from connector
C355.
lgnition switch in position II.
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, 3. Resolve any obvious causes or concerns found
remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle, during the visual inspection before carrying out
so that communication between the module and any further tests.
WDS is ensured.
4. If the concern is not visually evident, refer to the
N0TE:lf the generic electronic module (GEM) is Symptom Chart.
changed, the new one must be configured. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out of
the module to be replaced using WDS and is
transferred to the new module. REFER to:
Module Configuration (418-01, Diagnosis and
Testing),
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) - Vehicles Built
Up To: I012005 (419-10, Diagnosis and Testing),
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) - Vehicles Built
From: I012005 (419-10, Diagnosis and Testing).
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
All turn signal lamps inoper- Circuit@) GO to Pinpoint Test A.
ativelflash continuouslylillu- Fuse(s)
minate continuously Turn signal switch
Central junction box (CJB)
Generic Electronic Module
(GEM)
Onelseveral turn signal lamps Circuit(s) GO to Pinpoint Test B.
are inoperative Headlamp
Turn signal lamp (side)
LeWright-hand rear lamp
assembly
Trailer control unit
System Check
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
(=
' , PINPOINT TEST S : ALL TURN SIGNAL LAMPS INOPERATIVEIFLASHCONTINUOUSLYIILLUMINATE
'-- CONTINUOUSLY ,, T
+ No
RENEW fuse F24 (20 A) (CJB) and check the
operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to
ground using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
A2: CHECK THE VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO FUSE F24 (20A) (CJB) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
-
-
I
417-01-88 Exterior Lighting 417-01-88
- --
VFE0028519
A13: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE (GEM).
rnresistance
Vehicles built before 0812005: Measure the
between the generic electronic
module (GEM), connector C316, pin 2, circuit
31-DK20 (BK), wiring harness side and ground.
+ No
GO to Pinpoint Test B.
A16: CHECK GROUND CONNECTION OF TURN SIGNAL LAMP SWITCH FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Ignition switch in position 0.
C1041.
lgnition switch in position II.
Vehicles built before 0312004: Measure the
voltage between the trailer control unit,
connector C1041, pin 8, circuit (RD), wiring
harness side and pin 10, circuit (RD), wiring
harness side and ground.
~ + a w v w
E a & a & a
VFE0033872
--
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
417-01-101
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
417-01-104
D2: ELIMINATE THE GEM (GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE) AS CAUSE OF THE SHORT TO
BATTERY VOLTAGE
- --
t
--
rnDisconnect Fuse F25 (15 A).
4 Disconnect Fuse F27.
- Vehicles built before 0312004: 10 A
- Vehicles built from 0312004: 15 A
Disconnect Fuse F38 (7.5 A).
lgnition switch in position II.
-, Yes
- Left-hand (side) turn signal lamp and left-
hand front turn signal lamp are lit continuously:
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to battery
voltage in circuits 49-LG13 (BUIRD) or 49-
LG1I (BUIOG), between the generic electronic
module (GEM) and the (side) turn signal lamp
or the headlamp using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
- Left-hand rear turn signal lamp is lit continu-
ously, vehicles without trailer socket: LOCATE
and REPAIR the short to battery voltage in
circuit 49-LGI 2 (BU), between the generic
electronic module (GEM) and the rear lamp
assembly, using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
- Left-hand rear turn signal lamp is lit continu-
ously, vehicles with trailer socket: GO to D3.
- Right-hand (side) turn signal lamp and right-
hand front turn signal lamp are lit continuously:
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to battery
voltage in circuits 49-LG18 (BU) or 49-LG20
(BUIWH), between the generic electronic
module (GEM) and the (side) turn signal lamp
or the headlamp using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
- Right-hand rear turn signal lamp is lit
continuously, vehicles without trailer socket:
LOCATE and REPAIR the short to battery
voltage in circuit 49-LGI 9 (BUIRD), between
the generic electronic module (GEM) and the
rear lamp assembly, using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
- Right-hand rear turn signal lamp is lit
continuously, vehicles with trailer socket: GO
to D5.
+ No
RENEW the generic electronic module (GEM).
CHECK the operation of the system.
D3: CHECK CIRCUIT (GYIWH) FOR SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
Ignition switch in position 0.
Connect Fuse F24 (20 A).
Connect Fuse F25 (15 A).
VFE63313
-+ No
RENEW the generic electronic module (GEM).
CHECK the operation of the system.
E6: CHECKTHE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Ignition switch in position 0.
I
Disconnect Hazard warning lamp switch.
- Vehicles built before 0812005: from connector
C321
- Vehicles built from 0812005: from connector
C341
VFE64393
VFE0028666
2901 1A
I Connector(s)
I I I 1- Switches I
I Wiring loom I
Inspection and Checking I I
3. Resolve any obvious causes or concerns found
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specific data, during the visual inspection before carrying out
remake all the electrical connections which were any further tests.
separated in the vehicle, so that ~ ~ m concern ism
4. If the ~
not visually evident, ~ the
refer to
between the module and WDS is ensured. Symptom Chart.
NOTE: If the generic electronic module (GEM) is
changed, the new one must be configured. For this
purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out of
the module to be replaced using WDS and is
F-, transferred to the new module. REFER to:
LA Module Configuration (418-01, Diagnosis and
Testing),
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) - Vehicles Built
Up To: 1012005 (419-10, Diagnosis and Testing),
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) - Vehicles Built
From: 1012005 (419-10, Diagnosis and Testing).
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
Parking lamps, rear lamps and Fuse(s) GO to Pinpoint Test A.
license lamps are inoperative Circuit(s)
Headlight switch
Central junction box (CJB)
Rain sensor
Generic Electronic Module
(GEM)
Gasket for license plate lamp
System Checks
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST X : PARKING LAMPS, REAR LAMPS AND LICENSE LAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAlLSlRESULTSIACTlONS
I
AI : DETERMINE THE FAULT CONDITION
OA failure of the license plate lamps is not
necessarily caused by an electrical defect. Due
to a high level of heat emitted from the bulb in
the - license plate lamp, the gasket for the -
license plate lamp may become deformed or
melt. If there is a problem, a comprehensive
visual inspection of the license plate lamp or the
tailgate handle should first be performed, looking
in particular for any traces of corrosion caused
by the penetration of water.
Can traces of corrosion be seen in the area of
the license plate lamps?
-+ Yes
Install modified gaskets for the license plate
lamps. Check the operation of the system.
S F EI (15
~ A) (CJB)
Connect fuse F17 (15 A) (CJB).
-
121Ignition switch in position II.
-- -
VFE0016144
I
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
E0011567 between fuse F22 (7.5 A) (CJB) and the left-
hand headlamp using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
I B7: CHECK GROUND CONNECTION AT LEFT-HAND HEADLAMP I
Ignition switch in position 0.
Disconnect left-hand headlarnp from connector
C416.
13Measure the resistance between the left-hand
headlamp, connector C416, pin 6, circuit 31-
LE31 (BK), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
-, Yes
CHECK and if necessary RENEW the head-
lamp. CHECK the operation of the system.
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the left-hand headlamp and soldered
connection S10 using the wiring diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
I B8: CHECK THE RIGHT-HAND HEADLAMP I
IIIlgnition switch in position II.
SWITCH ON the right-hand turn signal.
13CHECK right-hand turn signal lamp.
I Does right-hand turn signal work?
-, Yes
GO to B9.
- --
PINPOINT TEST Z : PARKING LAMPS, REAR LAMPS AND LICENSE PLATE LAMPS LIT
CONTINUOUSLY.
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
C l: DETERMINE THE FAULT CONDITION
--
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
417-01-140
-+
Is battery voltage measured?
Yes
I
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to battery
voltage in the circuits connected to the auto-
matic headlamps relay, socket C418, pin 5
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
-
Reversing Lamps - Vehicles Built Up To: 1012005
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 417-01, for N0TE:lf the generic electronic module (GEM) is
schematic and connector information. changed, the new one must be configured. For this
Special Tool(s) purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out of
the module to be replaced using WDS and is
Terminal Probe Kit
transferred to the new module. REFER to:
29-01lA
Communications Network - Vehicles Built Up To:
1012005 (418-00, Diagnosis and Testing),
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) - Vehicles Built
Up To: 1012005 (419-10, Diagnosis and Testing).
II I
I
I
I
1. Verify the customer concern.
2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of electrical
damage.
lnspection and Checking
Visual Inspection
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specificdata, Electrical
remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle,
so that communication between the module and Fuse(s)
WDS is ensured. Lamp(s)
N0TE:lf the powertrain control module (PCM) is Connector(s)
changed, the new one must be programmed. For Switches
this purpose, the vehicle-specific data is read out Wiring loom
of the module to be replaced using WDS and is
transferred to the new module. 3. Resolveany obvious causes or concerns found
REFER to: Module Configuration (418-01, Diagnosis during the visual inspection before carrying out
and Testing). any further tests.
4. If the cause of the concern cannot be
determined with a visual inspection, proceed to
the Symptom Chart.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
r Symptom Possible Sources Action
Fuse GO to Pinpoint Test A.
ative Circuit(s)
Rear lamp assembly
Reversing lamp switch
Reversing lamp relay
Transmission range sensor
Trailer control unit
Central junction box (CJB)
System Checks
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST AA : THE REVERSING LAMP IS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS
A1: CHECK FUSE F48 (7.5 A) (CJB).
rnlgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect fuse F48 (7.5 A) (CJB).
CHECK Fuse F48 (7.5 A) (CJB).
Is the fuse OK.?
-+ Yes
GO to A2.
-+ No
RENEW fuse F48 (7.5 A) (CJB) and check
the operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to
ground using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
A2: CHECK THE VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO FUSE F48 (7.5 A) (CJB) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Connect fuse F48 (7.5 A) (CJB).
lgnition switch in position II.
A l l : CHECK CONTROL WIRE 91s-TC6 (BKIYE) AND 91s-TA1 (BKIBU) OF REVERSING LAMP
RELAY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
lgnition switch in position 0.
121Disconnect Transmission range sensor from
connector C431.
131Measure the resistance between the reversing
lamp relay, socket C434, pin 2, circuit 91-TC6
(BKNE), wiring harness side and the transmis-
sion range sensor, connector C431, pin 2, circuit
IPI
;: 0
91S-TA1 (BWBU), wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
0
-+ Yes
RENEW the transmission range sensor.
=; 0 CHECK the operation of the system.
0
VFE0038791 + NO
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the reversing lamp relay and the
transmission range sensor using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
A12: CHECK THE TRAILER CONTROL UNIT
Ignition switch in position 0.
Connect Following component.
- Vehicles with manual transmission and
Durashift EST Reversing lamp switch to
connector C425
- Vehicles with 4 speed automatic transmission
(AW81-40): reversing lamp relay to socket
C434
s TEST CONDITIONS
lgnition switch in position II.
Measure the voltage between the trailer control
unit, connector C1041, pin 8, circuit (RD), wiring
harness side and pin 10, circuit (RD), wiring
harness side and ground.
-+
Is battery voltage measured in both cases?
Yes
I
GO to A19.
+ No
- Vehicles built before 1012002: LOCATE and
RECTIFY break in the relevant circuit between
fuse F31 (CJB) and the trailer control unit
using the Wiring Diagrams. If necessary
CHECK and RENEW the central junction box
(CJB). CHECK the operation of the system.
- Vehicles built from 1012002: LOCATE and
RECTIFY the break in the relevant circuit
between fuse F56 (CJB) and the trailer control
unit using the Wiring Diagrams. If necessary
CHECK and RENEW the central junction box
(CJB). CHECK the operation of the system.
-, No
RENEW the trailer control unit. CHECK the
operation of the system.
I B3: NARROW DOWN THE FAULT CONDITION I
lgnition switch in position 0.
II rn
2 Disconnect trailer control unit from connector
C1035.
lgnition switch in position 11.
B4: RULE OUT THE GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE (GEM) AS POSSIBLE CAUSE FOR A
SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect fuse F20 (CJB).
Disconnect fuse F24 (CJB).
Disconnect fuse F25 (CJB).
15Disconnect fuse F26 (CJB).
Disconnect fuse F27 (CJB).
Disconnect fuse F38 (CJB).
18Disconnect fuse F46 (CJB).
Disconnect fuse F47 (CJB).
lgnition switch in position II.
CHECK the reversing lamp.
Does the reversing lamp remain continuously
lit?
+ Yes
. GO to B5.
+ No
RENEW the generic electronic module (GEM).
CHECK the operation of the system.
B5: RULE OUT AUDIOINAVIGATION CONTROL UNIT AS POSSIBLE CAUSE FOR A SHORT TO
BATTERY VOLTAGE
lgnition switch in position 0.
Connect fuse F20 (CJB).
13Connect fuse F24 (CJB). I
Connect fuse F25 (CJB).
-+Yes
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to battery
voltage in the circuits connected to soldered
connection S32 using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
+ No
INSTALL the powertrain control module
(PCM). CHECK the operation of the system.
B7: RULE OUT TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR AS POSSIBLE CAUSE FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
lgnition switch in position 0.
Connect reversing lamp relay to socket C434.
Disconnect Transmission range sensor from
connector (2431.
lgnition switch in position II.
m c ~ ~lamp. ~
the reversing ~
I 8 Does the reversing lamp remain continuously I
-, No
RENEW the transmission range sensor.
CHECK the operation of the system.
B8: RULE OUT TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM) AS POSSIBLE CAUSE FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
Disconnect Transmission control module (TCM)
from connector C429.
I rnIgnition switch in position II. I
II CHECK the reversing lamp.
Does the reversing lamp remain continuously I
I 8
lit?
- No
RENEW the transmission control module
(TCM). CHECK the operation of the system.
- - -
2006.0 Fiesta ~ ~ z o o s
417-01-159 Exterior Lighting 417-01-159
p~
1
transferred to the new module. 3. Resolve any obvious causes or concerns found
REFER to: Module Configuration (418-01, Diagnosis during the visual inspection before carrying out
and Testing). any further tests.
4. If the concern is not visually evident, refer to the
Symptom Chart.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
Reversing lamps inoperative Fuse GO to Pinpoint Test A.
Circuit(s)
Rear lamp assembly
Reversing lamp switch
Reversing lamp relay
Shift lever position sensor
Trailer control unit
Central junction box (CJB)
2006.0 Fiesta l a 2 0 0 6 ~ 5 4 4 5 0 en
1
417-01-160 Exterior Lighting 417-01-160
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
Symptom Possible Sources - -- -
p --
Action
Reversing lamps on perman- Circuit(s) GO to Pinpoint Test B.
ently Reversing lamp switch
Reversing lamp relay
Powertrain control module
(PCM)
Audiolnavigation control panel
Generic Electronic Module
(GEM)
Shift lever position sensor
Transmission control module
(TCM).
System Checks
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST AC : REVERSING LAMPS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Al: NARROW DOWN THE FAULT CONDITION
lgnition switch in position II.
Engage reverse gear.
rnCHECK the reversing lamps.
Is the left-hand reversing lamp inoperative?
+ Yes
The left-hand reversing lamp is inoperative:
GO to A12.
+ No
-The right-hand reversing lamp is inoperative:
GO to A14.
- Both reversing lamps are inoperative: GO to
A2.
A2: CHECK FUSE F48 (7.5 A) (CJB).
Ignition switch in position 0.
Disconnect fuse F48 (7.5 A) (CJB).
1CHECK fuse F48 (7.5 A) (CJB).
Is the fuse OK.?
+ Yes
GO to A3.
+ No
RENEW fuse F48 (7.5 A) (CJB) and check
the operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to
ground using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
II 1
CHECK the operation of the reversing lamps.
Do the reversing lamps illuminate?
I
+ Yes
INSTALL A NEW reversing lamp switch.
CHECK the operation of the system.
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the
circuits between the reversing lamp switch
and soldered connection S32 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
--
A6: CHECK VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO THE REVER ING LAMP RELAY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
I Disconnect reversing lamp relay from socket
C434.
VFE0036753
AIO: CHECK THE CONTROL CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION SENSOR AND
THE REVERSING LAMP RELAY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Ignition switch in position 0.
Disconnect Shift lever position sensor from
connector C431.
Measure the resistance between the reversing
lamp relay, socket C434, pin 2, circuit 91S-TC6
(BWE), socket side and the shift lever position
sensor, connector C431, pin 2, circuit 91S-TA1
(BWBU), wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
-+ Yes
GO to A l l .
-, No
VFE64396
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the reversing lamp relay and the shifl
lever position sensor using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
A l l : RULE OUT THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION SENSOR AS THE CAUSE OF THE FAULT
Measure the resistance between the shift lever
position, connector C431, pin 3, circuit 91-TAI8
(BWRD), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 ohms registered?
+ Yes
RENEW the shift lever position sensor.
CHECK the operation of the system.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
VFE64397
between the shift lever position sensor and
soldered connection S132 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
A14: CHECK VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO THE RIGHT-HAND REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Ignition switch in position 0.
Disconnect Right-hand rear lamp assembly.
- Vehicles without trailer socket: from connector
C348
- Vehicles with trailer socket: from connector
C348a
lgnition switch in position II.
Engage reverse gear.
Measure the voltage between the right-hand
rear lamp assembly
- Vehicles without trailer socket: connector
C348, pin 5, circuit 15s-LG39A (GNIOG),
wiring harness side and ground.
- Vehicles with trailer socket: connector C348a,
pin 5, circuit (WHIBK), wiring harness side and
ground.
I Does the meter display battery voltage?
I
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the
circuits between soldered connection S32 and
the rear lamp assembly using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
VFE64389
I -+ Yes
CHECK and if necessary RENEW the rear
lamp assembly. CHECK the operation of the
I I system.
I
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the
circuits between the rear lamp assembly and
ground connection G I8 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
(
.-- 7
PINPOINT TEST AD : REVERSING LAMPS ON PERMANENTLY
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
-, No
- Vehicles with manual transmission and with
Durashift EST INSTALL A NEW reversing
lamp switch. CHECK the operation of the
system.
- Vehicles with 4-speed automatic transmis-
sion (AW81-40): GO to B5.
B2: RULE OUT THE GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE (GEM) AS POSSIBLE CAUSE FOR A
SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect fuse F8 (7.5 A) (CJB).
Disconnect fuse F17 (15 A) (CJB).
Disconnect fuse F24 (20 A) (CJB).
Disconnect fuse F25 (15 A) (CJB).
Disconnect fuse F26 (20 A) (CJB).
+ No
RENEW the generic electronic module (GEM).
CHECK the operation of the system.
B3: ELIMINATE THE AUDIOINAVIGATION CONTROL PANEL AS THE CAUSE OF A SHORT TO
BATTERY VOLTAGE
I1Jlgnition switch in position 0.
Connect fuse F8 (7.5 A) (CJB).
Connect fuse F17 (15 A) (CJB).
Fog Lamps / -
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 417-01, for I.Verify the customer concern. L1
schematic and connector information. 2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of electrical
Special Tool(s) damage.
Terminal Probe Kit Visual lnspection
29-011A
Electrical
Fuse(s)
Lamp@)
Connector(s).
Switches
Wiring loom
lnspection and Checking
3. Resolve any obvious causes or concerns found
N0TE:Before reading out the vehicle-specificdata, during the visual inspection before carrying out
remake all the electrical connections in the vehicle, any further tests.
so that ~~mmunication b&~~een the rr~oduleand 4. If the concern is not visually evident, refer to the
WDS is ensured. Symptom Chart.
N0TE:lf the instrument cluster is changed, the new
one must be reinitialised. For this purpose, the
vehicle-specific data is read out of the module to
be replaced using WDS and is transferred to the
new module. REFER to: (413-01)
lnstrument Cluster - Vehicles Built Up To:
1012005 (Diagnosis and Testing),
lnstrument Cluster - Vehicles Built From:
1012005 (Diagnosis and Testing).
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Svm~tom Possible Sources Action
Fog lamps are inoperative Fuse GO to Pinpoint Test A.
Circuit(s)
Headlight switch
Rear fog lamp(s) or front fog Circuit(s) GO to Pinpoint Test B.
lamps inoperative Headlight switch
Individual fog lamps inoperative Circuit@) GO to Pinpoint Test C.
Rightlleft-hand front fog lamp.
Rear lamp assembly
Rear fog lamp@)or front fog Circuit(s) GO to Pinpoint Test D.
lamps illuminate continuously Headlight switch
E0024110
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
417-01-176 Exterior Lighting 417-01-176
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
184: CHECK GROUND CONNECTION OF REAR FOG LAMP (RHD)
VFE0033880
+ No
- Vehicles built before 1012002: LOCATE and
RECTIFY the break in the circuit between fuse
F31 (20 A) (CJB) and the trailer control unit
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK and
INSTALL A NEW rear lamp assembly if
necessary. CHECK the operation of the
system.
- Vehicles built from 1012002: LOCATE and
RECTIFY the break in the circuit between fuse
F56 (20 A) (CJB) and the trailer control unit
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK and
INSTALL A NEW rear lamp assembly if
necessary. CHECK the operation of the
system.
- --
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
417-01-182 Exterior Lighting 417-01-182
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I B13: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE REAR FOG LAMP CUT-OFF RELAY
(1Ignition switch in position 0.
- -
VFE0028648
I S
:T
;ALL A NEW headlight switch. CHECK
the operation of the system.
D2: EXCLUDE THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AS THE CAUSE OF THE FAULT
I-
3 CHECK Fuse.
- Vehicles built before 1012002: F31 (20 A)
(CJB)
- Vehicles built from 1012002: F56 (20 A) (CJB)
I * Is the fuse OK.? I
+ Yes
GO to D6.
-, No
INSTALL A NEW fuse F31 (20 A) or F56 (20
A) (CJB) and check the operation of the
system. If the fuse blows again, LOCATE and
RECTIFY the short to ground using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
( D6: CHECK VOLTAGE AT FUSE I
Connect Fuse.
- Vehicles built before 1012002: F31 (20 A)
(CJB)
- Vehicles built from 1012002: F56 (20 A) (CJB)
lgnition switch in position II.
Measure the voltage between:
- Vehicles built before 1012002: Fuse F31 (20
A) (CJB) and ground.
- Vehicles built from 1012002: F56 (20 A) (CJB)
and ground.
I Is battery voltage measured? I
+ Yes
GO to D7.
+ No
- Vehicles built before 1012002: RECTIFY the
break in the voltage supply of fuse F31 (20A)
(CJB) using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK and
INSTALL A NEW CJB if necessary. CHECK
the operation of the system.
- Vehicles built from 1012002: RECTIFY the
break in the voltage supply of fuse F56 (20A)
(CJB) using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK and
INSTALL A NEW CJB if necessary. CHECK
the operation of the system.
ID7: CHECK THE VOLTAGE SUPPLY OF THE TRAILER CONTROL UNIT I
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect trailer control unit from connector
C1041.
I lgnition switch in position II.
- No
- Vehicles built before 1012002: LOCATE and
RECTIFY the break in the circuit between fuse
F31 (20 A) (CJB) and the trailer control unit
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK and
INSTALL A NEW rear lamp assembly if
necessary. CHECK the operation of the
system.
- Vehicles built from 1012002: LOCATE and
RECTIFY the break in the circuit between fuse
F56 (20 A) (CJB) and the trailer control unit
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK and
INSTALL A NEW rear lamp assembly if
necessary. CHECK the operation of the
system.
I D8: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE TRAILER CONTROL UNIT I
I rnIgnition switch in position 0. I
12J Measure the resistance between the trailer
control unit, connector C1041, pinI,circuit (BN),
wiring harness side and ground.
Is less than 2 Ohm measured?
+ Yes
RENEW the trailer control unit. CHECK the
operation of the system.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the
relevant circuit (BN) between the trailer control
unit and ground connection G I 8 using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
I D9: EXCLUDE THE LOAD CURRENT CIRCUIT AS THE CAUSE OF THE FAULT I
1 I rnIgnition switch in position 0.
12Disconnect Rear fog lamp cut-off relay from
socket C1043.
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
417-01-200 Exterior Lighting 417-01-200
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
Headlamp Leveling
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 417-01, for 2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of electrical
schematic and connector information. damage.
Visual Ins~ection
I I Terminal Probe Kit I Electrical I
- - -
Fuse(~)
Connector(s)
Switches
Wiring harness
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
Headlamp leveling system is Circuit(s) GO to Pinpoint Test A.
inoperative/malfunctioning Headlight switch
LeWright-hand headlamp
System Checks
NOTE: Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST Al : HEADLAMP LEVELING SYSTEM IS lNOPERATlVElMALFUNCTlONlNG
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
1
Al: DETERMINE THE FAULT CONDITION
Determine the fault condition.
Is the headlamp leveling system inoperative
for both headlamps?
+ Yes
- Inoperative: GO to A3.
- Malfunctioning: GO to A2.
-, No
- Left-hand side inoperative: GO to A12.
- Right-hand side inoperative: GO to A14.
- Left or right-hand side malfunctioning:
CHECK headlamp range adjustment unit and
if necessary INSTALL A NEW headlamp.
CHECK the operation of the system.
NOTE: Keep the testing rig for use during further voltage measurements.
e
-
-
m
E l
switch, connector C338, pin 1, circuit 64s-LE5
(BUIRD), wiring harness side and ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
[I [I
0 0 ,
[I [I -+ Yes
GO to A7.
[I [I
LID =
+ No
VFE0033916
-
0
s 0 0
-
[I
GO to A9.
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
417-01-207
LHD vehicles
7. N0TE:Right-hand headlamp only.
Align the template on the lens of the
headlamp.
1. Template
2. Area to be masked
3. Alignment edges on the headlamp lens
e1
VFE0030080
,'
(-- 1 Alignment edges
16. Template for LHD vehicles, left-hand
headlamp
Gll5915en
2006.0 Fiesta lazoos
Alignment edges L-.
17. Template for RHD vehicles, right-hand
headlamp
4. Enlargelreduce the printout with a Align the template on the lens of the
photocopier by the calculated percentage. headlamp.
Compare dimension X on the photocopy with 1. Template
the original dimension. 2. Alignment edges on the headlamp lens
1 I
5. Cut out the prepared templates for the
headlamps.
//
- 7. N0TE:Left-hand headlamp only.
'L-' Align the template on the lens of the
headlamp.
I.Template
Alignment edges
All vehicles
O' L ~ A U T I O N : Dnot
O damage the headlamp
surface.
c
- 'I
15. Template for LHD vehicles, left-hand
headlamp
Alignment edges
Installation
I.Install the components in reverse order.
2. Adjust the fog lamps.
For additional information, refer to Adjust
the fog lamps. in this section.
Installation
I.Install the components in the reverse order.
2. Detach the lowerfascia/crashpadding cover.
VFE0025655
1 ''&AUTION:DO not damage the fixing- points
of the headlamps during removal.
.
I I
All vehicles
5. Install the radiator grill.
2. N0TE:Clean the lens with a damp cloth to
prevent the build-up of electrostatic charge,
which could cause dust to stick to the plastic
lens.
N0TE:Check that the headlamp is engaged at the
fixing points.
Install the headlamp assembly.
VFE0026373
1
- Fuse@)
Electrical
Symptom Chart
concern is found, correct the cause (if possible)
before proceeding to the next step.
4. If the cause is not visually evident, verify the
symptom and refer to the Symptom Chart.
Pinpoint Tests
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST A : THE FRONT INTERIOR LAMP IS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
[AI: CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE FRONT INTERIOR LAMP
(Check the operation of the front interior lamp in
both the ON and ILLUMINATED ENTRY posi-
tions.
I Is the front interior lamp inoperative in both 1
I positions?
+ No
If inoperative in the ON position, GO to A3.
If inoperative in the ILLUMINATED ENTRY
position, GO to A4.
A2: CHECK THE FRONT INTERIOR LAMP FOR POWER
(Disconnect Front lnterior Lamp C750.
lgnition switch in position II.
Ignition switch in position 0.
~~~~
I
IDisconnect Front lnterior Lamp C751.
[11Measure the resistance between the front
interior lamp C751 pin 2,31-LC7A (BK), harness
side and ground.
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
-+ Yes
INSTALL a new front interior lamp. TEST the
system for normal operation.
-
- + No
REPAIR circuit 31-LC7A (BK). TEST the
VUE0003763
system for normal operation.
A4: CHECK THE FRONT INTERIOR LAMP FOR GROUND WITH THE DRIVER DOOR OPEN
Disconnect Front lnterior Lamp C751.
12Open the driver door.
Measure the resistance between the front
interior lamp C751 pin I,
31S-LC7 (BWBU),
harness side and ground.
-0 0 Yes
I
10 -+
D ~ - E ~
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
-+ Yes
INSTALL a new rear interior lamp. TEST the
system for normal operation.
-
- -+ No
REPAIR circuit 31-LC17 (BK). TEST the
VUE0003763
system for normal operation.
B4: CHECK THE REAR INTERIOR LAMP FOR GROUND WITH THE DRIVER DOOR OPEN
Disconnect Rear lnterior Lamp C753.
Open the driver door.
13Measure the resistance between the rear interior
lamp C753 pin I, 31S-LC17 (BWE), harness
side and ground.
-
El Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
-0 0 + Yes
10
I
INSTALL a new rear interior lamp. TEST the
system for normal operation.
I -
- + No
GO to B5.
VUE0003766
B5: CHECK CIRCUIT 31s-LC17 (BKIYE) AND CIRCUIT 31s-LC7 (BKIBU) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Disconnect GEM C316.
-+
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
Yes
I
INSTALL a new GEM.
REFER to: Generic Electronic Module (GEM)
(419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules,
Removal and Installation).
TEST the system for normal operation.
-+ No
REPAIR circuit 31s-LC17 ( B W E ) or circuit
31SLC7 (BWBU) as necessary. TEST the
system for normal operation.
PINPOINT TEST C : RIGHT-HAND REAR MAP READING LAMP IS INOPERATIVE (FUSION ONLY)
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I Cl: CHECK THE RIGHT-HAND REAR MAP READING LAMP FOR POWER
Disconnect Right-Hand Rear Map Reading
Lamp C490.
121Measure the voltage between the right-hand
rear map reading lamp C490 pin 1, circuit 29-
LB21 (OGIBK), harness side and ground.
Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
-, No
REPAIR circuit 29-LB21 (OGIBK). TEST the
system for normal operation.
I
C2: CHECK THE RIGHT-HAND REAR MAP READING LAMP FOR GROUND
Measure the resistance between the right-hand
rear map reading lamp C490 pin 3,31-LB21
(BK), harness side and ground.
I Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
I
-+ Yes
INSTALL a new right-hand rear map reading
lamp. TEST the system for normal operation.
D2: CHECK THE LEFT-HAND REAR MAP READING LAMP FOR GROUND
Measure the resistance between the left-hand
rear map reading lamp C491 pin 3,31-LB14
(BK), harness side and ground.
mI Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
+ Yes
0
0
INSTALL a new left-hand rear map reading
lamp. TEST the system for normal operation.
-
-
+ No
REPAIR circuit 31-LBl4 (BK). TEST the
~65521 system for normal operation.
TEST CONDITIONS ,
Interior Lighting
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Measure the voltage between the luggage
417-02-9
I
E2: CHECK THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP FOR GROUND
Open the liftgate.
rnMeasure the resistance between the luggage
compartment lamp C576 pin 2, circuit 31S-LB25
(BWBU), harness side and ground.
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
4 Yes
INSTALL a new luggage compartment lamp.
TEST the system for normal operation.
I E3: CHECK CIRCUIT 31s-LB25 (BKIBU) OR CIRCUIT 31-LB25S (BK) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT I
1 Disconnect Liftgate Switch C565. 1
1Measure the resistance between the luggage
compartment lamp C576 pin 2, circuit 31s-LB25
(BWBU), harness side and the liftgate switch
C565 pin 3, circuit 31S-LB25 (BWBU) or circuit
31-LB25S (BK) - vehicles with anti-theft alarm,
harness side.
I Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
-, Yes
INSTALL a new liftgate switch. TEST the
VUE0030300
system for normal operation.
-t No
REPAIR circuit 31s-LB25 (BWBU) or circuit
31-LB25S (BK) as necessary. TEST the
f- , system for normal operation.
L
' '
E5: CHECK CIRCUIT 31s-GLZO (BKIRD) OR CIRCUIT 31-GL2OS (BK) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the liftgate
switch C565 pin 1, circuit 31s-GL20 (BWRD)
or circuit 31-GL20S (BK) - vehicles with anti-
theft alarm, harness side and the GEM C316
pin 20, circuit 31S-GL20 (BWRD), harness side.
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
-, Yes
INSTALL a new GEM.
REFER to: Generic Electronic Module (GEM)
~65738 (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules,
Removal and Installation).
TEST the system for normal operation.
-, No
REPAIR circuit 31s-GL20 (BWRD) or circuit
31-GL20S (BK) as necessary. TEST the
system for normal operation.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
The front interior lamp is inoper- Fuse. GO to Pinpoint Test A.
ative Bulb.
Circuit@).
lnterior lamp switch.
. Front interior lamp.
GEM.
The rear interior lamp is inoper- Fuse. GO to Pinpoint Test B.
ative (Fusion only) Bulb.
Circuit@).
1 lnterior lamp switch.
Rear interior lamp.
GEM.
Right-hand rear map reading Fuse. GO to Pinpoint Test C.
lamp is inoperative (Fusion Bulb.
only Circuit(s).
Map reading lamp.
GEM.
-
Pinpoint Tests
N0TE:Use a digital multimeter for all electrical
measurements.
PINPOINT TEST F : THE FRONT INTERIOR LAMP IS INOPERATIVE
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS \ ,)
I
AI : CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE FRONT INTERIOR LAMP
I
Check the operation of the front interior lamp in
both the ON and ILLUMINATED ENTRY posi-
tions.
Is the front interior lamp inoperative in both
positions?
+ Yes
GO to A2.
+ No
If inoperative in the ON position, GO to A3.
If inoperative in the ILLUMINATED ENTRY
position, GO to A4.
A2: CHECK THE FRONT INTERIOR LAMP FOR POWER I
I Disconnect Front Interior Lamp C750. I
Ignition switch in position II.
Ignition switch in position 0.
I
A3: CHECK THE FRONT INTERIOR LAMP FOR GROUND
Disconnect Front lnterior Lamp C751.
Measure the resistance between the front
interior lamp C751 pin 2,31 -LC7 (BK), harness
side and ground.
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
-+ Yes
INSTALL a new front interior lamp. TEST the
system for normal operation.
-, No 7.
I
I
A4: CHECK THE FRONT INTERIOR LAMP FOR GROUND WITH THE DRIVER DOOR OPEN
Disconnect Front lnterior Lamp C751.
12Open the driver door.
Measure the resistance between the front
interior lamp C751 pin 1, 31s-LC7 (BWBU),
harness side and ground.
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
+ Yes
INSTALL a new front interior lamp. TEST the
system for normal operation.
I
A5: CHECK CIRCUIT 31s-LC7 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Disconnect GEM C316.
No -+
~k+lll + Yes
INSTALL a new rear interior lamp. TEST the
system for normal operation.
- -+ No
REPAIR circuit 31-LC17 (BK). TEST the
VUE0003763
system for normal operation.
B4: CHECK THE REAR INTERIOR LAMP FOR GROUND WITH THE DRIVER DOOR OPEN
Disconnect Rear lnterior Lamp C753.
Open the driver door.
Measure the resistance between the rear interior
lamp C753 pin I, 31S-LC17 (BWE), harness
side and ground.
-0 0 + Yes
10
I
INSTALL a new rear interior lamp. TEST the
system for normal operation.
I -
- + No
GO to B5.
VUE0003766
B5: CHECK CIRCUIT 31s-LC17 (BKIYE) AND CIRCUIT 31s-LC7 (BKIBU) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
11(Disconnect GEM C316.
I
Interior Lighting
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Measure the resistance between the rear interior
lamp C753 pin I,31S-LC17 (BKNE), harness
side and the GEM C316 pin 3, circuit 31s-LC7
(B WBU), harness side.
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
+ Yes
INSTALL a new GEM.
REFER to: Generic Electronic Module (GEM)
(419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules,
~65724 Removal and Installation).
TEST the system for normal operation.
+ No
REPAIR circuit 31S-LC17 (BKNE) or circuit
31SLC7 (BWBU) as necessary. TEST the
system for normal operation.
PINPOINT TEST H : RIGHT-HAND REAR MAP READING LAMP IS INOPERATIVE (FUSION ONLY)
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
C1: CHECK THE RIGHT-HAND REAR MAP READING LAMP FOR POWER
rnDisconnect
Lamp C490.
Right-Hand Rear Map Reading
C2: CHECK THE RIGHT-HAND REAR MAP READING LAMP FOR GROUND
Measure the resistance between the right-hand
rear map reading lamp C490 pin 3,31-LB21
(BK), harness side and ground.
.
!XI Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
0
- + Yes
0
INSTALL a new right-hand rear map reading
lamp. TEST the system for normal operation.
-
-
+ No
REPAIR circuit 31-LB21 (BK). TEST the
~65521 system for normal operation.
-
- + No
REPAIR circuit 29-LB14 (OG). TEST the
system for normal operation.
E65120
D2: CHECK THE LEFT-HAND REAR MAP READING LAMP FOR GROUND
IZ]Measure the resistance between the left-hand
rear map reading lamp C491 pin 3, 31-LB14
(BK), harness side and ground.
El Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
@
.--re
r
-0 + Yes
0
0
INSTALL a new left-hand rear map reading
lamp. TEST the system for normal operation.
C..
Communications Network
General manufacture, a third wire (ACP bus) is used for
programming the PCM. This bus is only used
c-
In a communications network (data bus system), in conjunction with the SCP bus.
various modules of different systems are connected International Organization for Standardization
to one another via one or several lines. IS0 9141 bus. This consists of a single wire and
The sole purpose of the data bus system is the is used exclusively for communication between
transmission of data between the connected the modules and the WDS. The fault memories
modules themselves, as well as between the of the various modules are read out via the IS0
connected modules and the Worldwide Diagnostic 9141 bus.
System (WDS). Controller Area Network (CAN) bus. This
In a data bus system, complete data blocks are consists of two twisted wires and operates
serially (data is transmitted sequentially). It is
transmitted instead of single inlout pulses. In
used for communication between the modules
addition to the actual information, these data blocks
themselves and between the modules and the
also contain data regarding the address of the
WDS. The modules are connected to the data
module to be addressed, the size of the data block
bus in parallel. New modules can be
and information for monitoring the content of each
incorporated easily, without modifying the other
individual data block.
wiring or modules. The transmitted data is
Data bus systems offer various advantages: received by every module connected to the CAN
Simplified data transmission between the bus. As each data packet has an identifier, in
modules due to a standardized protocol which the priority of the message is determined
Fewer sensors and connectors as well as the content identification, each
module can detect whether or not the data is
Improved diagnostic options relevant for its own information processing. This
Lower costs enables several modules to be addressed with
The WDS is connected to the various bus systems a particular data packet and supplied with data
and to the power supply via the standard 16-pin simultaneously. For this purpose, it is ensured
Data Link Connector (DLC). The signal for the that important data (for example from the
module programming is also transmitted via the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)) is transmitted
DLC. first. The other modules are only able to submit
their data to the data bus after the high-priority
If, in a data bus system, there is a break in one or messages have been received.
both lines or a short to ground or short to voltage
is present, then communication between the In order to guarantee a high degree of error
modules and with the WDS is faulty or is no longer protection, two 120 Ohm terminating resistors are
possible at all. installed in the CAN bus. These are integrated in
the first module connected to the CAN bus and in
In order to be able to establish communication with the last module connected to the CAN bus
one another, the modules of the individual systems respectively and are used for suppression as well
must use the same language. This language is as the elimination of voltage peaks. In order to
called a protocol. ensure correct functioning of the data bus system,
At present, Ford uses three different data bus the modules must always be connected with an
systems. Depending upon model and equipment integral terminating resistor.
level, all three data bus systems are used. Each The advantages of the CAN bus are:
of these data bus systems has its own protocol.
Minimization of wiring requirements
Data bus systems: High degree of error protection (fault 1fail-proof)
Standard Corporate Protocol (SCP) bus. This
consists of two twisted wires. It is used for
Robustness (- ,\~
Network Components
The IS0 9141 and the CAN bus are used in the
Fiesta built from MY2002.25 and in the Fusion.
-
CAN bus vehicles built up to MY 2006
-
IS0 9141 bus vehicles built up to MY 2006
4 Restraints Control Module (RCM) The IS0 9141 bus connects the various modules
to the WDS via the DLC.
5 1 ABS module or ESP module
-. -
-
CAN bus vehicles built from MY 2006
Item Description
I DLC.
2 IS0 9141 bus.
3 RCM
4 ABS module or ESP module
I I I
3. RECTIFY any obvious causes for a concern
General Equipment found during the visual inspection before
performing any further tests. CHECK the
I
Digital Multimeter I operation of the system.
I Worldwide Diagnostic System (WDS) I 4. If the concern persists after the visual
inspection, PERFORM a fault diagnosis with
WDS and RECTIFY any displayed faults in
Inspection and Checking accordance with the displayed fault description.
CHECK the operation of the system.
I.CHECK the concern. 5. For vehicles with no stored fault@),PROCEED
2. Visually CHECK for any obvious mechanical or in accordance with the symptom chart according
electrical damage. to the fault symptom.
6. Following checking or elimination of the fault
and after completion of operations, the fault
memories of all vehicle modules must be READ
OUT and any stored faults must be DELETED.
READ OUT all fault memories again following
a road test.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
Safety restraint control module Fuse@). GO to Pinpoint Test A.
(RCM) not communicating with Circuit(s).
the diagnostic unit Restraints control module
(RCM).
- - -
1 WARNINGS: I
A The backup power supply must be depleted to prevent the risk of accidental airbag
deployment. After disconnecting the battery, wait at leastI minute before starting work on
the safety restraint system. Failure to observe this instruction can lead to injury.
A DO not program any keycodes while working on the safety restraint system in order to
prevent the risk of accidental deployment of safety restraint system components. Failure
to observe this instruction can lead to injury.'
A Only test the connectors of airbags or other safety restraint systems using the correct test
probe adapter. Failure to observe this instruction can lead to injury.
A l : DETERMINE THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE FAULT OCCURS
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
I Connect the diagnostic tool. I
Select the generic electronic module (GEM) with
the diagnostic tester.
Is it possible to establish communication with
the GEM?
1 ~ 2CHECK
: FUSE F39
I +No GO to Pinpoint Test I.
I
Ignition switch in position 0.
CHECK fuse F39 (CJB).
Is the fuse OK?
-+ Yes
GO to A3.
+ No
INSTALL A NEW fuse F39 (7.5 A). CHECK
the operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and REPAIR the short using
the Wiring Diagrams.
A3: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F39
Connect fuse F39 (CJB).
lgnition switch in position II.
Tr // -+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 15-
~~~0028954 JAIO (GNIOG) between the safety restraint
control module (RCM) and fuse F39 using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
A5: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE SAFETY RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE
(RCM)
lgnition switch in position 0.
lszl
6-a4
f/
0 0 0 0
harness side and ground.
o o o o Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
--mq 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
- + Yes
GO to A7.
-+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
~47291 between the safety restraint control module
(RCM) and ground connection G21 using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
PINPOINT TEST B : ABS MODULE OR ESP MODULE NOT COMMUNICATING WITH THE
DIAGNOSTIC UNIT
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
IB1: DETERMINE THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE FAULT OCCURS
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
Connect the diagnostic tool.
Select the generic electronic module (GEM) with
the diagnostic tester.
I to Pinpoint Test I.
I B2: CHECK FUSE F5 I
lgnition switch in position 0.
-
+
GO to B5.
No
RENEW fuse FH (60 A). CHECK the operation
of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
I B5: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE FH I
I Connect fuse FH (BJB).
12Measure the voltage between fuse FH (60 A)
and ground.
I Does the meter display battery voltage?
I
+ No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse FH using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
--
-
+ No
RENEW fuse FF (60 A). CHECK the operation
of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
I B l l : CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE FF I
rnConnect fuse FF (BJB).
Measure the voltage between fuse FF (60 A)
and ground.
B14: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE IGNITION RELAY AND FUSE F37 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the ignition
relay, socket C328, pin 5, circuit 15-DB2
(GNIBU), wiring harness side and fuse F37
(CJB).
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
$ 7 ,
+yes
CHECK and if necessary RENEW the ignition
relay. CHECK the operation of the system.
+ No
~47287 LOCATE and REPAIR the open circuit
between the ignition relay and fuse F37 using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
815: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT THE ABS MODULE OR ESP MODULE
Ignition switch in position 0.
Disconnect Connector C303 from ABS module
or ESP module.
VFE0033604
B23: CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE ABS MODULE AND THE DLC
11]Measure the resistance between the DLC,
connector C308, pin 6, circuit 4-EC1 (GYIRD),
wiring harness side and the ABS module,
connector C304, pin 23, circuit 4-EC9 (GY),
wiring harness side.
E58250
PINPOINT TEST C : POWER STEERING PUMP MODULE NOT COMMUNICATING WITH THE
DIAGNOSTIC TESTER
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
C l : DETERMINE THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE FAULT OCCURS
Ignition switch in position 0.
12Connect the diagnostic tool.
PINPOINT TEST D :GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE (GEM) NOT COMMUNICATING WITH THE
DIAGNOSTIC TESTER
-f TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I=\
D l: DETERMINE THE FAULT CONDITION
lgnition switch in position 0.
Connect the diagnostic tool.
13Select the safety restraint control module (RCM)
with the diagnostic tester.
Is it possible to establish communication with
the safety restraint control module (RCM)?
-, Yes
GO to D2.
+ No
GO to Pinpoint Test I.
D2: CHECK FUSE F38
lgnition switch in position 0.
-+
Does the meter display battery voltage?
Yes
I
GO to D5.
-+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 15-
DK20 (GNIOG) between the GEM and
soldered connection S3 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
D5: TEST THE GEM GROUND CONNECTION
Ignition switch in position 0.
rnDisconnect connector C316 (black) from GEM.
2006.0 Fiesta 1212006 G105811en
418-00-27 --
Module Communications Network 418-00-27
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
/- 1 131Measure the resistance between the GEM, 1
I- connector C316 (black), pin 2, circuit 31- D K ~ O
(BK), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
-+ Yes
GO to D6.
-t No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 31-
DK20 (BK) between the GEM and soldered
~~~0028971 connection S15 using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
- --
D
0
l P D
-+ Yes
D l
U I I 0
1 0 0 1
o m
GO to E20.
D l D P
E l -+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 29-
RE8 (OGNE) between PCM and fuse F16
VFE0028935
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
E18: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE PCM AND THE DLC FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the PCM,
connector C380, pin 41, circuit 4-EC7 (GYIRD),
wiring harness side and the DLC, connector
C308, pin 6, circuit 4-EC1 (GYIRD), wiring
harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
+ Yes
GO to E19.
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the PCM and the DLC using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
E19: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE PCM AND THE DLC FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the PCM,
connector C380, pin 30, circuit 5-EC7 (BUIRD),
wiring harness side and the DLC, connector
C308, pin 14, circuit 5-EC1 (BUIRD), wiring
harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
-, Yes
CHECK the PCM and RENEW if necessary.
CHECK the operation of the system.
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the PCM and the DLC using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
0
O D D 0
El
l l O D
l P l D
I D rnD
O D D D
VFE0028932
-, No
INSTALL A NEW fuse F13 (20 A). CHECK
the operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and REPAIR the short using
the Wiring Diagrams.
E25: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F13
Connect fuse F13 (CJB).
Ignition switch in position 11.
(-
(GNNE), wiring harness side and ground.
measurements:
E57719
E57720
E57722
E57749
E57714
E57745
-+ No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse F20 using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
I F4: CHECK FUSE F44 I
CHECK fuse F44 (CJB).
+ No
INSTALL A NEW fuse F38 (7.5 A). CHECK
the operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and REPAIR the short using
the Wiring Diagrams.
F7: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F38
Connect fuse F38 (CJB).
Ignition switch in position 11.
Measure the voltage between fuse F38 (7.5 A)
and ground.
-+
Does the meter display battery voltage?
Yes
I
GO to FIO.
-+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 75-
GGII WEIRD) between the instrument cluster
and fuse F44 using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
I
--
+ No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse F41 using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
(G6: CHECK VOLTAGE AT TCM
lgnition switch in position 0.
Disconnect connector C676 from TCM.
Measure the voltage between the TCM,
connector C676, pin 49, circuit 30-TA55A (RD),
wiring harness side and ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
-, Yes
GO to G7.
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the TCM and fuse FB using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
-+
Does the meter display battery voltage?
Yes
I
GO to G8.
-+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 15-
TA55 (GNIBK) between TCM and fuse F41
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
+ No
- If a resistance of more than 2 Ohms is
measured in one of the measurements:
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the
relevant circuit between the TCM and soldered
connection S132 using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
- If a resistance of more than 2 Ohms is
measured in both of the measurements:
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the
relevant circuit between soldered connection
S132 and battery negative using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
H9: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE TCM AND THE DLC FOR CONTINUITY.
Measure the resistance between the DLC,
connector C308, pin 6, circuit 4-EC1 (GYIRD),
wiring harness side and the TCM, connector
C428, pin 25, circuit 4-EC16 (GYANH), wiring
harness side.
PINPOINT TEST I : FAULTY COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE MODULES (IS0 9141 BUS)
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
II1: CHECK FUSE F18
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
I rn CHECK fuse F18 (CJB).
I
I Is the fuse OK?
I
+ Yes
GO to 12.
-t No
INSTALL A NEW fuse F18 (15 A). CHECK
the operation of the system. If the fuse blows
again, LOCATE and REPAIR the short using
the Wiring Diagrams.
112: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F18 I
I Connect fuse F18 (CJB). I
rnand
Measure the voltage between fuse F18 (15 A)
ground.
Does the meter display battery voltage?
+ Yes
GO to 13.
-+ No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse F18 using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
A After disconnecting the battery, wait for at least one minute before working on the supple-
mentary restraint system to prevent the risk of accidental airbag deployment. Failure to
observe this instruction can lead to injury.
A Do not program any keycodes while working on the safety restraint system in order to
prevent the risk of accidental deployment of safety restraint system components. Failure
to observe this instruction can lead to injury.
l'r
Always use adapters for terminal probe kit when testing any connectors of the airbag systems /,-- ',
or of any other safety restraint systems. Failure to observe this instruction can lead to injury.
I
Module Communications Network
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Measure the resistance between the DLC,
connector C308, pin 4, circuit 31-RA1 (BK),
wiring harness side and ground.
I I
L-----------A
VFE0038142
+
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
Yes
I
GO to J19.
-t No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the instrument cluster and the DLC
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
VFE0033757
J25: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE PCM AND THE DLC FOR OPEN CIRCUIT I
Measure the resistance between the PCM,
connector C380, pin 41, circuit 4-EC7 (GYIRD),
wiring harness side and the DLC, connector
C308, pin 6, circuit 4-EC1 (GYIRD), wiring
harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
-+ Yes
GO to J26.
+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the PCM and the DLC using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
(~.
N0TE:The number of modules connected to the CAN bus depends on the equipment levels of the
vehicle. Therefore not every vehicle will have all the modules mentioned below.
VFE0033765
Symptom chart
Symptom chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
Bluetooth/voice control module Fuse@). GO to Pinpoint Test A.
not communicating with the Circuit(s).
diagnostic tester. Bluetooth/voice control module.
Generic electronic module Fuse@). GO to Pinpoint Test G.
(GEM) not communicating with Circuit(s).
the diagnostic tester. Generic electronic module
(GEM).
ABS module or ESP module Fuse(s). GO to pinpoint Test E.
not communicating with the Circuit(s).
diagnostic tester. ABS module or ESP module.
Electronic automatic temper- Fuse(s). GO to Pinpoint Test C.
ature control (EATC) module Circuit@).
not communicating with Electronic automatic temper-
diagnostic tester. ature control (EATC) module.
Powertrain control module Fuse(s). GO to Pinpoint Test H.
(PCM) not communicating with Circuit(s).
the diagnostic tester PCM
GO to Pinpoint Test B.
c A7: CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE BLUETOOTHNOICE CONTROL MODULE AND
THE DLC
rnMeasure the resistance between the
bluetooth/voicecontrol module, connector C796:
pin 14, circuit 4-XL1OA (GY), wiring harness
side and the DLC, connector C308, pin 3, circuii
4-EC2 (GYIRD), wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
-+ Yes
CHECK and if necessary RENEW the
bluetoothlvoice control module. CHECK the
operation of the system.
-+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 4-
XLl OA (GY) between the bluetooth/voice
control module and soldered connection S383
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
PINPOINT TEST L : AUDIO SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL NOT COMMUNICATING WlTH THE
DIAGNOSTIC TESTER.
-~
,--
m':
system control panel, connector C775, pin 12,
circuit 91-MDI 5 (BWGN), wiring harness side
: IPI
and ground.
: I L- r
-+ Yes
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
r D c '
I
GO to B10.
--+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the relevant open
~54984 circuit between the audio system control panel
and ground connection G I 6 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
BIO: CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE AUDIO SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL AND THE
DLC
Measure the resistance between the audio
m':rb
system control panel, connector C775, pin 9,
IPJ circuit 4-XL10 (GY), wiring harness side and the
0 0 DLC, connector C308, pin 3, circuit 4-EC2
0 0 (GYIRD), wiring harness side.
:
0 II
:11 r
-4
0
0
0
--+
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
Yes
0 0
'
I GO to B I I .
+ No
~54985 LOCATE and REPAIR the open circuit
between the audio system control panel and
soldered connection S286 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
- Lb
m 0
n o
0
rnMeasure the resistance between the audio
system control panel, connector C775, pin 10,
circuit 5-XL10 (BU), wiring harness side and the
DLC, connector C308, pin 11, circuit 5-EC2
(BUIRD), wiring harness side.
;11 i r
0
0
0
0
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
-, Yes
'I
0 0 CHECK and if necessary RENEW the audio
system control panel. CHECK the operation
of the system.
E54986
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the open circuit
between the audio system control panel and
soldered connection S285 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
-+ No
RENEW fuse F4 (10 A). CHECK the operation
of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
I C3: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F4 I
and ground.
I Is battery voltage measured?
-+ No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse F4 using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
C4: CHECK VOLTAGE AT THE EATC MODULE
Ignition switch in position 0.
Disconnect Connector C366 from EATC module.
13Measure the voltage between the EATC module,
connector C366, pin 11, circuit 29-FA43
(OGIWH), wiring harness side and ground.
Is battery voltage measured?
-+ Yes
GO to C5.
+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the open circuit
between the EATC module and fuse F4 using
VFE0037924 the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
a CAUTI0N:The following measurement may only be performed using the WDS digital multi-
c-
meter. Failure to observe this instruction can lead to damage.
PINPOINT TEST N : RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE (RCM) NOT COMMUNICATING WITH THE
DIAGNOSTIC TESTER.
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
WARNINGS:
A The backup power supply must be depleted to prevent the risk of accidental airbag
deployment. After disconnecting the battery, wait at least 1 minute before starting work on
the safety restraint system. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.
A Do not program any keycodes while working on the safety restraint system in order to
prevent the risk of accidental deployment of safety restraint system components. Failure
to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.
A Only test the connectors of airbags or other safety restraint systems using the correct test
probe adapter. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.
D l: DETERMINE THE FAULT CONDITION
Ignition switch in position 0.
Connect the diagnostic tool.
-, No
RENEW fuse F39 (7.5 A). CHECK the opera-
tion of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
I D3: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F39 I
I rnConnect fuse F39 (CJB). I
1 121 Ignition switch in position II. I
rnand
Measure the voltage between fuse F39 (7.5 A)
ground.
I Is battery voltage measured?
I
-, No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse F39 using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
ID4: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT THE RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE (RCM) I
lgnition switch in position 0.
I
Disconnect the ground cable from the battery.
Disconnect Connector C500 (vehicles built for
Japan: connector C500A) from restraints control
module (RCM).
I Connect the ground cable to the battery. I
I Ignition switch in position II. I
2006.0 Fiesta 1212006
,
418-00-112
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS ,
Module Communications Network
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
418-00-112
--+
Is battery voltage measured?
Yes
I
GO to D5.
--+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 15-
JAlO (GNIOG) between the restraints control
module (RCM) and fuse F39 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
I D5: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE (RCM) 1
Ignition switch in position 0.
121Measure the resistance between the restraints
control module (RCM), connector C500
(vehicles built for Japan: connector C500A), pin
20, circuit 91-JAl 0 (B WRD), wiring harness side
and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
--+ Yes
GO to D6.
--+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 91-
JAl 0 (B WRD) between the restraints control
module (RCM) and ground connection G21
using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
PINPOINT TEST 0 : ABS MODULE OR ESP MODULE NOT COMMUNICATING WITH THE
DIAGNOSTIC TESTER.
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I
E l : DETERMINE THE FAULT CONDITION
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
I Connect the diagnostic tool. I
Select the generic electronic module (GEM) with
the diagnostic tester.
Is it possible to establish communication with
the GEM?
I-
I Is battery voltage measured?
Yes
GO to E7.
I
I
- Is the fuse OK?
Yes
I
- GO to E5.
No
RENEW fuse FH (60 A). CHECK the operation
of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
( E5: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE FH
I rnConnect fuse FH (BJB).
121Measure the voltage between fuse FH (60 A)
and ground.
I
- Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
Yes
CHECK the BJB and INSTALL a new one as
necessary. CHECK the operation of the
I
system.
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 30-
DB8 (RD) between fuse FH and fuse F5 using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
( E7: CHECK FUSE F37 I
rnCHECK fuse F37 (CJB).
Is the fuse OK?
+ Yes
GO to E8.
'No
RENEW fuse F37 (3 A). CHECK the operation
of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
I E8: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F37
rnConnect fuse F37 (CJB).
Ignition switch in position II.
Measure the voltage between fuse F37 (3 A)
and ground.
I Is battery voltage measured?
-, Yes
- Vehicles with ABS and electronic stability
program (ESP):
GO to E15.
- Vehicles with ABS without electronic stability
program (ESP):
GO to E22.
(,
,.
rnDisconnect ignition relay from socket C328.
(3 Measure the voltage between the ignition relay,
socket C328, pin 3, circuit 30-BB8 (RD), wiring
harness side and ground.
Is battery voltage measured?
+ Yes
GO to E12.
-+ No
GO to E10.
VFE0037103
f7 + No
RENEW fuse FF (60 A). CHECK the operation
of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
E l l : CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE FF
1Connect fuse FF (BJB).
rnMeasure the voltage between fuse FF (60 A)
and ground.
Is battery voltage measured?
-, Yes
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 30-
BB8 (RD) between the ignition relay and fuse
FF using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the
operation of the system.
-, No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse FF using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
E12: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT THE IGNITION RELAY
E14: CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE IGNITION RELAY AND FUSE F37 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the ignition
relay, socket C328, pin 5, circuit 15-DB2
(GNIBU), wiring harness side and fuse F37
(CJB).
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
I ' 1
II
n
ii i
0
0
0
0
n
0
II
II
I wiring harness side and ground.
+ No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse FA using
the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation
of the system.
F4: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT THE POWER STEERING PUMP MODULE
--
PINPOINT TEST Q :GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE (GEM) NOT COMMUNICATING WITH THE
DIAGNOSTIC TESTER.
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
101: DETERMINE THE FAULT CONDITION
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
Connect the diagnostic tool.
13Select the restraints control module (RCM) with
the diagnostic tester.
Is it possible to establish communication with
the restraints control module (RCM)?
+ Yes
GO to G2.
-+ No
GO to Pinpoint Test N.
162: CHECK FUSE F38 I
I1Ilgnition switch in position 0.
I G7: CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE GEM AND THE DLC. I
Measure the resistance between the GEM,
connector C320 (brown), pin 23, circuit 4-EC14
(GYIOG), wiring harness side and the DLC,
connector C308, pin 3, circuit 4-EC2 (GYIRD),
wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
+ Yes
GO to G8.
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the GEM and the DLC using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
PINPOINT TEST R : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) NOT COMMUNICATING WITH THE
DIAGNOSTIC TESTER
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
IHI: DETERMINE THE FAULT CONDITION
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
rnConnect the diagnostic tool.
Select the electronic instrument cluster with the
diagnostic tester.
Is it possible to establish communications with
the electronic instrument cluster?
I
lgnition switch in position 0.
I rn CHECK fuse F16 (CJB).
I ISthe fuse OK?
+ No
RENEW fuse F16 (3 A). CHECK the operation
of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
TEST CONDITIONS
Measure the resistance between the PCM,
connector C380, pin 44, circuit 91-RE8E
(BWYE), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms measured
in all of the cases?
-+ Yes
GO to H17.
-+ No
- If a resistance of more than 2 Ohms is
measured in one of the measurements:
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the
relevant circuit between the PCM and soldered
connection S301 using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
- If a resistance of more than 2 Ohms is
measured in all of the measurements:
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the
affected circuit between soldered connection
S301 and ground connection G I using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
H17: CHECK THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE PCM
Measure the resistance between the PCM,
connector C380, pin 10, circuit 31-RE8 (BK),
wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
+ Yes
GO to H18.
+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the PCM and ground connection G22
~57709 using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the oper-
ation of the system.
VFE0028932
VFE0028933
H22: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE PCMI AND THE DLC FOR OPEN CIRCUIT I
I Disconnect connector C343 from the PCM.
-
- - --
+ Yes
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
I
CHECK the PCM and RENEW if necessary.
CHECK the operation of the system.
-t No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the PCM and the DLC using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
I H24: CHECK FUSE F13 I
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
1 [21CHECK fuse F13 (CJB).
I
I Is the fuse OK?
I
+ Yes
GO to H25.
-, No
RENEW fuse F13 (20 A). CHECK the opera-
tion of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
I H25: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT FUSE F13
--- -
I
I
Disconnect connector C383 from the PCM.
E57712
I U
Disconnect connector C377 from the PCM.
12Use a fused test lead (1 A) at the PCM,
connector C377, pin D2, to bridge circuit 91S-
RH9 (BWBU), wiring harness side and ground
E57719
-.
141Measure the voltage between the PCM,
connector C377, pin F3, circuit 15s-RE8B
(GNNE), wiring harness side and ground.
-
14Measure the resistance between the PCM,
connector C376, pin K2, circuit 91-RE8C
(BKNE), wiring harness side and ground.
E57745
TEST CONDITIONS -
DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Measure the resistance between the electronic
instrument cluster, connector C339, pin 19,
circuit 91-GGll (BWBU), wiring harness side
and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
-,Yes
GO to 112.
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the open circuit
between the electronic instrument cluster and
ground connection G I 4 using the Wiring
Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
112: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND THE DLC
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT (HS CAN BUS)
Measure the resistance between the electronic
instrument cluster, connector C339, pin 8, circuit
5-EC8A (BUNVH), wiring harness side and the
DLC, connector C308, pin 14, circuit 5-EC1
(BUIRD), wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
-+ Yes
GO to 113.
-,No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the electronic instrument cluster and
the DLC using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
113: CHECK THE C RCUlT BETWEEN THE ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND THE DLC
FOR OPEN ClRCU T (HS CAN BUS)
Measure the resistance between the electronic
instrument cluster, connector C339, pin 9, circuit
4-EC8A (GYM), wiring harness side and the
DLC, connector C308, pin 6, circuit 4-EC1
(GYIRD), wiring harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
-, Yes
GO to 114.
-, No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in the circuit
between the electronic instrument cluster and
the DLC using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
-+
Is the fuse OK?
Yes
I
GO to J5.
-+ No
RENEW fuse F41 (7.5 A). CHECK the opera-
tion of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
--
7+-?
o n o n
n o 0 0
(BWGN), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
:I:
- n o
: :
0 0 -
o o n n
El
+ Yes
CHECK the TCM and RENEW if necessary.
5?T n
[IC o CHECK the operation of the system.
L J
-, No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 91-
VFE0033756 TA55 (BWGN) between TCM and battery
negative using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
PINPOINT TEST V : FAULTY COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE MODULES (IS0 9141 BUS).
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
IL l: CHECK FUSE F18
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
CHECK fuse F18 (CJB).
Is the fuse OK?
+ Yes
GO to L2.
+ No
RENEW fuse F18 (15 A). CHECK the opera-
tion of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
-+
Is battery voltage measured?
Yes
I
GO to L5.
b
+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 15-
RA1 (GNIRD) between the DLC and the igni-
tion switch using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
A After disconnecting the battery, wait for at least one minute before working on the supple-
mentary restraint system to prevent the risk of accidental airbag deployment. Failure to
follow these instructions may result in personal injury.
A Do not program any keycodes while working on the safety restraint system in order to
prevent the risk of accidental deployment of safety restraint system components. Failure
to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.
A Always use adapters for terminal probe kit when testing any connectors of the airbag systems
or of any other safety restraint systems. Failure to follow these instructions may result in
personal injury.
+ Yes
Is a voltage measured?
I
LOCATE and REPAIR the short to voltage in
the circuits connected to soldered connection
S270 using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the
operation of the system.
-+ No
GO to LIO.
N0TE:The number of modules connected to the HS CAN bus depends on the equipment levels of the
vehicle. Therefore not every vehicle will have all the modules mentioned below.
-+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in circuit 15-
RA1 (GNIRD) between the DLC and the igni-
~~~0028963 tion switch using the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK
the operation of the system.
VFE0038142
M13: CHECK THE HS CAN BUS BETWEEN TCM AND PCM FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between the TCM,
connector C676, pin 61, circuit 4-EC7 (GYIRD),
wiring harness side and ground.
I I
L-----------J
VFE0038142
-
Measure the voltage between the DLC,
connector C308, pin 14, circuit 5-EC1 (BUIRD),
wiring harness side and ground.
Is a voltage measured?
-, Yes
LOCATE and REPAIR the short to voltage in
the affected circuit using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
+ No
GO to M16.
M16: CHECK THE HS CAN BUS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Ignition switch in position 0.
Measure the resistance between the DLC,
connector C308, pin 6, circuit 4-ECI (GYIRD),
wiring harness side and ground.
11 0
11 11
1521 11 0
0 11
----,
! 0 0 i
; n o
1 ;
I I
I
I.-----------------,
VFE0038143
VFE0033757
E58254
E58254
VFE0033759
I
E65382 LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the PCM and the DLC using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
M26: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE PCM AND THE DLC FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the PCM,
connector C380, pin 30, circuit 5-EC7 (BUIRD),
wiring harness side and the DLC, connector
C308, pin 14, circuit 5-ECI (BUIRD), wiring
harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
-+ Yes
CHECK the PCM and RENEW if necessary.
CHECK the operation of the system.
E65383 -+ NO
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the PCM and the DLC using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
M27: CHECK THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE PCM AND THE DLC FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Disconnect connector C370 from the PCM. I
Measure the resistance between the PCM,
connector C370, pin A4, circuit 4-EC7 (GYIRD),
wiring harness side and the DLC, connector
C308, pin 6, circuit 4-EC1 (GYIRD), wiring
harness side.
Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohms registered?
-+ Yes
GO to M28.
-+ No
LOCATE and REPAIR the break in the circuit
between the PCM and the DLC using the
Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the operation of the
system.
I
1
Disconnect Vehicles with 1.25L, I.4L or 1.6L
petrol engine 1vehicles with 1.3L Duratec-8V
(Rocam) engine: connector C343 from the PCM.
Ignition switch in position II. I
Measure the voltage between the DLC,
connector C308, pin 6, circuit 4-EC1 (GYIRD),
wiring harness side and ground.
-+
Is a voltage measured?
Yes
I
LOCATE and REPAIR the short to voltage in
the affected circuit using the Wiring Diagrams.
CHECK the operation of the system.
M45: CHECK THE HS CAN BUS BETWEEN TCM AND PCM FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage between the TCM,
connector C676, pin 61, circuit 4-EC7 (GYIRD)
and ground.
VFE0033767
WARNINGS:
A The backup power supply must be depleted to prevent the risk of accidental airbag
deployment. After disconnecting the battery, wait at least 1 minute before starting work on
the safety restraint system (SRS). Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal
injury.
A Do not program any keycodes while working on the safety restraint system in order to
prevent the risk of accidental deployment of safety restraint system components. Failure
to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.
A Never probe the electrical connectors of air bag modules or any other supplemental restraint
system component. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.
N0TE:The number of modules connected to the MS CAN bus depends on the equipment levels of the
vehicle. Therefore not every vehicle will have all the modules mentioned below.
I
I
WARNINGS:
A The backup power supply must be depleted to prevent the risk of accidental airbag
deployment. After disconnecting the battery, wait at leastI minute before starting work on
the safety restraint system (SRS). Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal
injury.
1)), Do not program any keycodes while working on the safety restraint system in order to
prevent the risk of accidental deployment of safety restraint system components. Failure
to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.
A Never probe the electrical connectors of air bag modules or any other supplemental restraint
system component. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
Module Communications Network
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Connect ground cable from battery.
Connect the diagnostic tool.
Select the vehicle with the diagnostic tester.
Is it possible to establish communication with
the GEM?
-+ Yes
CHECK and if necessary RENEW the
restraints control module. CHECK the opera-
tion of the system.
-, No
GO to N20.
N20: PERFORM NETWORK TEST
N0TE:The number of modules connected to the MS CAN bus depends on the equipment levels of the
vehicle. Therefore not every vehicle will have all the modules mentioned below.
Module Configuration
Description of operation
Configuration of a new module is performed using
WDS. In doing so, the same system requirements
must apply as for the diagnosis of the respective
module:
The BUS connection between the module and
WDS must be in order.
The voltage supply to the module and to WDS
must be guaranteed.
For this reason, if there are communication
problems which cannot be attributed to the
incorrect software version in WDS, the system test
for module communication of the particular module
must be performed. For further information, refer
to REFER to Section 418-00 [Module
Communications Network].
,--.-.~
;'I
\7;
L-
419-01A-2 Anti-Theft Active- 419-01A-2
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
Anti-Theft - Active
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 419-OIA, for
schematic and connector information.
GENERALPROCEDURES
Key Programming Using Two Programmed Keys.......................................... (33 005 0) 419-01B-10
-- Key Programming Using Diagnostic Equipment............................................ (33 005 0) 419-01B-I1
( A Key Programming Switch State Control.............................................................................
Erasing All Key Codes Using Diagnostic Equipment.........................................................
419-01 B-I2
419-01B-13
\-
Anti-Theft - Passive
Key programming
randomly selected from millions of possible
combinations (crypto-transponder with Every encoded key must be programmed into the
automatically changing code). (PCM ) before it can be used to start the engine.
The transmitter/receiver (transceiver) is located On Keys can be programmed either by authorised Ford
the ignition lock. The t~ansceiverincorporates an dealers with WDS and access to OASIS, or directly
antenna which is connected to an integrated by the customer if two keys which have already
electronics module. been programmed are available.
When the ignition key is turned to position II, Up to eight keys can be programmed.
communications take place initially between the
transceiver and the PCM.
If these communications are free of errors, then
the transponder is actuated by the PCM via the -
transceiver.
The transponder returns the identification code to
the PCM for processing.
Anti-Theft - Passive
Expanded passive anti-theft system
(PATS ) functionality
The PATS functionality has been expanded to
increase anti-theft security. The new system also
uses new keys.
N0TE:Only keys with a blue insert and the labelling
"W1" can be used.
After completion of the usual PATS
communications between the transponder,
transceiver and the powertrain control module
(PCM ), the PCM also requests a code from the
instrument cluster module via the CAN databus in
order to increase the passive anti-theft security. -
As a result, a further component which is not easily
removable is required to enable an engine start.
All of the code requests must be completed
successfully before the PCM will start the engine.
N0TE:When renewing the instrument cluster or
the PCM an initialisation with WDS is required.
In order to ensure that the engine can be started
as quickly as possible, the initial starting procedure
is initiated provided the correct key has been
detected and no communications errors to the
instrument cluster have arisen.
However, if the PCM determines within a maximum
of three seconds that not all of the PATS conditions
have been satisfied, then the engine is switched
back off and cannot be restarted (no starter signal,
no fuel injection signal, no ignition signal).
Anti-Theft - Passive
c Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 419-01B, for
schematic and connector information.
Visual Inspection Chart
General Equipment
1 Mechanical I Electrical I
Worldwide Diagnostic System (WDS) - lgnition lock cylinder - Fuse(s)
- Passive anti-theft - Wiring harness(s)
1
Flash
Code I
I 0000 I - I No DTCs, vehicle OK I -
PATS transceiver signal is not PATS transceiver REFER to
received wiring, PATS trans- WDS.
ceiver connector,
PATS transceiver,
PCM or instrument
cluster
1 81232 and
B2103
1 12 1 PATS transceiver antenna coil fault,
vehicle does not start I PATS transceiver,
PATS transceiver
Make sure the
PATS trans-
ceiver is
connected
correctly, if OK,
install a new
PATS trans-
ceiver.
Cellular Phone
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 419-08, for Electrical
schematic and connector information.
- Cellular phone speaker
lnspection and Verification - Handset holder
1. Verify the customers concern.
- Cellular phone
2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of electrical - Portable Support Electronics (PSE) Module
damage.
3. Verify that the cellular phone operates correctly
Visual lnspection Chart out of the vehicle before proceeding to the next
step.
4. Verify the audio unit or navigation system
display module is working correctly before
proceeding to the next step.
I - Electrical connectof(s) I 5. If an obvious cause for an observed or reported
concern is found, correct the cause (if possible)
I- Microphone I before proceeding to the next step.
- Cellular phone antenna 6. If the cause is not visually evident, verify the
symptom and refer to the Symptom Chart.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
The handset battery does not Circuit(s). GO to Pinpoint Test A.
charge Handset holder.
Cellular phone.
PSE Module.
Interference from the cellular Incorrect settings of the naviga- MAKE sure that MUTE is
phone speaker - vehicles with tion system display module. selected in the navigation
Traffic Pro navigation system system display module RADIO
MODE. TEST the system for
normal operation.
Reduced sound or no sound Circuit@).
through the speaker Cellular phone speaker.
Handset holder.
PSE Module.
No SVC display stays on
I Cellular phone antenna.
Handset holder.
I GO to Pinpoint Test C.
The hands-free system is inop- Cellular phone and handset CHECK the cellular phone is
erative - vehicles built up to holder electrical contacts. correctly installed into the
1012005 handset holder. TEST the
system for normal operation.
The hands-free system is inop- Circuit(s). GO to Pinpoint Test D.
erative - vehicles built 1012005
onwards PSE Module.
I MS CAN bus. I REFER to WDS. I
I
A2: CHECK THE PSE MODULE POWER WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
I Disconnect PSE Harness C1025. I
'
1 ~ 3CHECK
: THE PSE MODULE FOR GROUND
1 REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for
normal operation.
jNO
I
Connect PSE Harness C1025.
Overview of operation
Functions I B- GEM Ax I B- GEM Bx ( B- GEM Cx I B- GEM Dx I
I Turn signals
Turn signals and hazard flasher X X X X
Interior lighting
Onloff X X -- --
Dimmer function -- -- X X
Window heating
Windshield -- X X X
(2)
i Rear window X X X X
Wipers
Windshield washlwipe function X X X X
Windshield after-wipe X X X X
Rear window wipe during reversing X X X X
Rear window washlwipe function X X X X
lnformationlwarning functions
Door open warning lamp -- X X X
Lights on warning lamp X X X X
Lockinglunlocking
Manual lockinglunlocking with a key I
Lockinglunlocking via central locking system -- X X X
Remote control
Lockinglunlocking with remote control -- -- X X
Double locking -- -- -- X
Programming of remote control operations I -- -- X X
Alarm
Anti-theft alarm system -- -- -- X
Liftgate release
-
GEM vehicles built from 0812005 C - Vehicles with centralldouble locking,
Voltage supply
I CL
I CURF
I DURF
I ST150
(RHD) I Japan
Exterior lighting
I Turn signals and hazard flasher -
l --
x
-
l x l x
--
l x -
l x
Lane-change flasher X X X X X
Hazard flasher during sharp braking X X X X X
Headlamp switch-off delay X X X X X
Peripheral lights -- X X X X
Autolamps -- X X X X
lnterior lighting
I Interior lamp switch-off delay
Interior lamp extended switch-off delay X X X X X
Activated when doors are unlocked -- X X X X
Window heating
Windshield X X X X X
Item Description
I I l ens I
1 2 1 Front light sensor I
1 3 IAmbient light sensor I
The dipped beam headlamps and side lights are The combined rain sensorllight sensor is attached
switched on automatically if all the following to the windshield, near the interior rear view mirror.
conditions are satisfied:
Ignition switch in the "11" or "Ill" position The ambient light sensor determines the general
light intensity. For this purpose, it detects the light
( ) Light switch in the "AUTO" position over as wide an angle as possible, without taking
L-
O Determined ambient light conditions below a the direction of incidence into account.
stored threshold value
The front light sensor determines the light intensity
The low beams and the side lights are switched directly in front of the vehicle.
on or off by the GEM according to the input signals If both the ambient light sensor and the front light
of the combined rain sensorllight sensor. This takes sensor detect a sudden reduction in light intensity
place in the GEM by activating the low beam relay at the same time, then an algorithm-based
and the autolamp relay (side lampsllicense plate
calculation is used to determine the fact that the
lamps).
vehicle has entered a tunnel, a multi-storey car
park or a long underpass.
In this case the request for switching on the
external lighting and the indicator in the instrument
cluster is transmitted to the GEM.
If the vehicle enters into the shade thrown by a
large truck, the two sensors will register different
light intensities. In this case, the algorithm-based
calculation will not result in the lights being
switched on.
Turn signals
The GEM actuates the turn signal lamps for
direction indication and the hazard flasher. It
therefore replaces the conventional turn signal
relay.
from 08/20 5 8 -
Lane-chan e flasher vehicles built 25 seconds after the lights are switched on or
after closing the last door on non centrally
locked vehicles
With the lane-change flasher, the turn signals flash On closing the last door on centrally locked
in a three-flash mode. For this purpose, the turn vehicles
signal lamp switch is turned to the first The ignition lock is turned from position "0"or
non-engaged position and released again within
"I" to position "11"
0.1 to 0.7 seconds. If the turn signal lamp switch
is held in this first position for less than 0.1 seconds Ignition lock in position "0"or "I" while the
or longer than 0.7 seconds, the turn signal system vehicle is being locked
responds in single-flash mode for as long as the On vehicles built up to 0812005, dimming is used
turn signal switch is held or remains in the engaged when switching on and off in the case of the Cx
position. The three-flash mode can be configured and Dx GEM versions.
via Worldwide Diagnostic System (WDS) or the
instrument cluster personalization menu. On vehicles built from 0812005, dimming is used
when switching on and off in the case of the Ax,
Bx, Cx and Dx GEM versions.
("\
When the lights are switched on, their operating (<.
A The automatic windshield wipers must be The sensitivity of the rain sensor is set by adjusting
the variable resistor at the wiper switch.
switched off before the vehicle is driven
into a car wash. Switch position I: High sensitivity
A If the windshield is iced up, the wipers may - The wipers wipe even if only a small amount
of water has been measured on the
only be activated by the rain sensor after
the windshield has been completely windshield.
defrosted. Switch position 6: Low sensitivity
- The wipers only wipe if a large amount of
water has been measured on the windshield.
Item Description
I Installation position of the combined Rear window washlwipe function
rainllight sensor
When the switch for the rear window washer is
activated the wipers perform wipe operations (while
Rear window washlwipe function the switch is being activated).
When the switch is released the wipers perform
The rear window wiper changes the wiper delay 2-3 more wipes.
interval according to the setting of the windshield
wiper switch.
Informationlwarning functions
If the windshield wiper switch is set to Level 2 and
the rear window wiper is switched on, then the A warning lamp in the instrument cluster is actuated
wiper delay interval is 6 seconds. if at least one door or the liftgate is not fully closed
If the windshield wiper switch is in the Intermittent with the ignition lock in position "11".
or Level Iposition and the rear window wiper is N0TE:On vehicles built from 0812005, a message
switched on, the wiper delay interval is 10 seconds. is transmitted to the instrument cluster by the GEM
If reverse gear is engaged while the windshield via the medium-speed Controller Area Network
wiper is switched on and the rear window wiper is (CAN) bus in order to generate an acoustic signal.
switched off, then the GEM automatically switches
on the rear wiper with the wiper delay interval as
described above. This function remains activated
until reverse gear is no longer engaged or the
(
.L ' ) windshield wiper is switched off.
-
Message center vehicles built from
0812005
outside nor the inside of the vehicle.
The double locking mechanism is only available if
the ignition lock is in the position "0" or "I" and the
front doors are fully closed.
Depending on the various model versions, different
information is transmitted by the GEM to the To activate the double locking, press the locking
message center integrated in the instrument cluster button on the radio remote control twice within 3
via the medium-speed CAN bus. seconds, or insert the key into one of the door locks
and turn it first to the unlocking position and then
The various information can be displayed by
within 3 seconds to the locking position.
pressing a button on the turn signal lamp switch.
All the turn signal lamps flash twice to confirm
A WARN1NG:For reasons of safety, activation of the double locking.
modification of the various functions
shouid onijibe pecfotmed when f i e vehicle If the ignition lock is in the position "li" or oiie of
is stationary. the rear doors is not fully closed then the vehicle
is centrally locked but not double locked.
(.~'!
.
Various functions which are monitored and
controlled by the GEM can be modified by means If within 45 seconds of double locking the vehicle
of the button on the -turn signal lamp switch. the ignition lock is moved to a different position
then the system reverts back from double locking
Modifiable functions
to central locking.
Confirmation tone (alllminimal)
If the engine is started after the 45 seconds have
Vehicle remote keyless entry (all doorslonly elapsed then the double locking remains in force
driver door) provided the speed of the vehicle does not reach
Lane-change flasher (3x flashingllx flashing) 7 kmlh. Once this speed is reached, the system
Hazard flasher during sharp braking reverts from double locking back to central locking.
(activatedldeactivated(only for certain markets))
-
Lockinglunlocking central locking unlocking system
-
Locking/unlocking driver's door
The central locking can also be activated by If the unlocking button on the radio remote control
pressing the internal door openers into the locking is pressed twice within 3 seconds then the vehicle
position. is centrally unlocked.
locking
-
Lockinglunlocking automatic central After the time delay of 20 seconds the hood, all
doors and the liftgate are alarmed, provided they
are fully closed.
The vehicle is centrally locked again automatically
after unlocking with the radio remote control if If the hood, one of the doors or the liftgate are not
within 45 seconds neither a door or the liftgate are fully closed then they can be opened without
opened or the radio remote control is operated. triggering an alarm. If they are then closed, the
same time delay of 20 seconds applies before they
are alarmed.
Programming of radio remote control
operations The anti-theft alarm system can be switched off by
centrally unlocking the vehicle either at the lock on
N0TE:Up to a maximum of four radio remote one of the doors or with the remote control.
control operations can be programmed per vehicle. If the liftgate is opened manually with a key or with
During the programming process the memory for the remote control then only the anti-theft alarm
the known radio remote control operations in the for the liftgate is deactivated.
GEM is deleted and the existing and new If the liftgate is then closed again, the anti-theft
operations are reprogrammed. alarm is reactivated for the tailgate after 20
To enter the programming mode for the radio seconds.
remote controls, turn the ignition lock four times The current status of the anti-theft alarm system
from position "0"to position "11" within 6 seconds. is stored if the voltage supply to the GEM is
The programming mode is confirmed with an interrupted. This means that as soon as the voltage
acoustic signal. Afterwards, the corresponding supply to the GEM is restored it reverts to the
remote control operations can be programmed stored status (if for example the vehicle was
within 10 seconds. alarmed beforehand, it is then re-alarmed).
During days 5 to 22 following commencement of Releasing the switch for the heated rear window
low-power mode, it is still possible to lock or unlock Pressing the switch for the heated rear window
the vehicle using the remote control, however the
8 times in 6 seconds
locking button and the unlocking button must be
pressed simultaneously for 1.2 seconds in order A signal sounds and the turn signal lamps come
to ensure that the GEM receives the remote control on to indicate that service mode has been
transmission signals and responds correctly. From successfully activated.
day 23 onwards, the vehicle can only be locked or N0TE:lf the alarm has been triggered (in vehicles
unlocked using the vehicle key. equipped with an anti-theft alarm system), service
mode cannot be activated.
Diagnosis The wiper switch must be in the "Off' position for
testing the input signals.
The GEM can be diagnosed using WDS.
The relevant input signals are indicated with an
There is also an additional service mode. acoustic signal and by the flashing of the turn signal
This service mode allows testing of various input lamps.
and output signals. The following signals can be tested in any order:
Service mode is activated by: Turn signals (right, left, hazard signal)
System Check
PINPOINT TEST A : SERVICE MODE CANNOT BE ACTIVATED
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
A1: CHECK FUSE F24
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
CHECK Fuse F24 (CJB).
Is the fuse OK?
-+ Yes
GO to A2.
-+ No
RENEW fuse F24 (20 A). CHECK the opera-
tion of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and RECTIFY the short to ground
with the aid of the Wiring Diagrams.
A2: TEST VOLTAGE AT FUSE F24
I Connect Fuse F24 (CJB).
+ Yes
Does the meter display battery voltage?
I
GO to A5.
+ No
REPAIR the voltage supply to fuse F38 with
the aid of the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK oper-
ation of system.
I A5: CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT THE GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE (GEM) I
lgnition switch in position 0.
2006.0 Fiesta 1 ~ 2 0 0 6
Multifunction Electronic Modules
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
Measure the voltage between the GEM,
connector C318, pin 2, circuit 29-AA80 ( ;
I
AIO: CHECK THE SWITCH OF THE HEATED REAR WINDOW
Release the switch of the heated rear window.
121Measure the resistance between the GEM,
connector C320, pin 11, circuit 31S-HB22
(BWGN), wiring harness side and ground.
Is a resistance of more than 10 kOhms meas-
ured?
-+ Yes .
TEST the GEM and RENEW as necessary.
CHECK the operation of the system.
TEST CONDITIONS
,-
A13: TEST THE GROUND CONNECTION OF THE INTEGRATED CONTROL ASSEMBLY
Measure the resistance between the integrated
control assembly, connector C714, pin 9, circuit
- 31-DKI (BK), wiring harness side and ground.
0 0
El Is a resistance of less than 2 Ohm registered?
-+ Yes
RENEW the integrated control assembly.
CHECK the operation of the system.
+ No
LOCATE and RECTIFY the break in circuit
VFE0029219 31-DKI (BK) between the integrated control
assembly and soldered connection S265 with
the aid of the Wiring Diagrams. CHECK the
operation of the system.
(el
B1310 Circuit of door lock release switch faulty. REFER to: Locks, Latches
and Entry Systems (501-14,
Diagnosis and Testing).
B1317 Battery voltage too high (more than 16.5 V). REFER to: Charging System
(414-00, Diagnosis & Testing).
B1318 Battery voltage too low (less than 7.5 V). REFER to: Charging System
(414-00, Diagnosis & Testing).
B1319 Circuit of driver side door contact switch faulty (open REFER to: Interior Lighting
circuit). (417-02, Diagnosis and
Testing).
B1327 Circuit of passenger door contact switch faulty (open REFER to: Interior Lighting
circuit). (417-02, Diagnosis and
Testing).
B l571 Circuit of rear left door contact switch faulty (open REFER to: Interior Lighting
circuit). (417-02, Diagnosis and
Testing).
B1335 Circuit of rear right door contact switch faulty (open REFER to: Interior Lighting
circuit). (417-02, Diagnosis and
Testing).
B1331 Circuit of tailgate contact switch faulty (open circuit). REFER to: Interior Lighting
(417-02, Diagnosis and
Testing).
B1342 Module fault. INSTALL a new GEM.
B1343 Circuit of rear window heater switch faulty (short to REFER to: (501-11 )
ground).
Glass Frames and
Mechanisms
(Diagnosis and Testing),
Glass Frames and
Mechanisms
2.OL Duratec-HE (M14)
(Diagnosis and Testing).
Symptom chart
Symptom chart
Symptom Possible Sources Action
Generic electronic module Fuse@). REFER to: Communications-
(GEM) not communicatingwith • Circuit@). Network - Vehicles Built
the diagnostic unit. Generic electronic module From: 0812005 (418-00,
(GEM). Diagnosis and Testing).
System Check
PINPOINT TEST B : VOLTAGE SUPPLY (TERM. 15) FAULTY.
TEST CONDITIONS DETAILSIRESULTSIACTIONS
I
A1: CHECK FUSE F38
I Ignition switch in position 0. I
I CHECK fuse F38 (CJB).
I
I Is the fuse OK?
I
+ No
RENEW fuse F38 (7.5 A). CHECK the opera-
tion of the system. If the fuse blows again,
LOCATE and REPAIR the short using the
Wiring Diagrams.
I.Unscrew and remove the bolts for the lower 4. Remove the GEM.
fascialcrash padding cover.
I
I Installation
2. Detach the lower fascialcrash padding cover.
I.N0TE:lnitialise the GEM with WDS after
installation.
Refit the components in reverse order.
Wiring Diagrams
Table of Contents
Engine Ignition 303-07A
I GROUP 2 chassis 1 Glow Plug System -I.4L Duratorq-TDCi
(DV) Diesel 303-07B
Brake System ~ngine Ignition - 2.OL Duratec-HE
Parking Brake and Actuation (M14) 303-07C
Engine Emission Control - 1.3L
Hydraulic Brake Actuation Duratec-8V (Rocam)ll.25L
Anti-Lock Control Duratec-16V (Sigma)ll.4L
-
Anti-Lock Control Stability Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.6L
Assist Duratec-16V (Sigma) 303-08
Steering System Evaporative Emissions 303-13
Power Steering Electronic Engine Controls 303-14
Steering Column Switches Automatic Transmission/Transaxle
Automatic Transmission/Transaxle -
1 GROUP 3 Powertrain I Vehicles With: 4-Speed Automatic
Transmission (AW81-40) 307-01A
Engine Automatic Transmission/Transaxle -
Engine Cooling - I.3L DuratecSV Vehicles With: 4-Speed Automatic
(Rocam)ll.25L Duratec-16V Transmission (AW81-40) 307-01B
(Sigma)/l.4L Duratec-16V Automatic Transmission/Transaxle
(Sigma)/l.6L Duratec-I 6V External Controls - Vehicles With:
(Sigma) 303-03A 4-Speed Automatic Transmission
Engine Cooling - 2.OL Duratec-HE (AW81-40) 307-05
(MI41 303-03B Manual Transmission/Transaxle, Clutch and
Fuel Charging and Controls - I.3L Transfer Case
Duratec-8V (Rocam) 303-04A Manual Transmission/Transaxle
Fuel Charging and Controls - 1.25L Automated Gearshift System 308-11
Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.4L
Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.6L Fuel System
Duratec-16V (Sigma) 303-04B Fuel Tank and Lines 310-01
Fuel Charging and Controls - 1.4L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
Fuel Charging and Controls -
I
303-04C GROUP 4 Electrical 1
Turbocharger - 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi Climate Control System
(DV) Diesel 303-04D Climate Control 412-01
Fuel Charging and Controls - 2.OL Heating and Ventilation 412-02A
Duratec-HE (M14) 303-04E Auxiliary Heating 412-02B
Fuel Charging and Controls - 1.6L Auxiliary Climate Control 412-02C
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel 303-04F Air Conditioning 412-03
Starting System 303-06
09/20052006.0 Fiesta
GROUP
Chassis
SECTION TITLE PAGE
Brake System
Parking Brake and Actuation........................................................................................206-05
Hydraulic Brake Actuation.............................................................................................206-06
Anti-Lock Control........................................................................................................ ..206-09A
Anti-Lock Control - Stability Assist.................................................................................206-09B
Steering System
Power Steering..............................................................................................................211-02
Steering Column Switches.. ......................................................................................... 211-05
Powertrain 3
SECTION TITLE PAGE
Engine
Engine Coolingl.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)ll.25L Duratec-I 6V (Sigma)ll.4L
Duratec-16V (Sigma)ll.6L Duratec-16V (Sigma).. .....................................................303-03A
Engine Cooling2.OL Duratec-HE (M14).......................................................................... 303-03B
Fuel Charging and Controlsl.3L DuratecSV (Rocam)................................................. -303-04A
Fuel Charging and Controlsl.25L Duratec-I 6V (Sigma)/l.4L Duratec-16V
-\/,
/-- (Sigma)/l .6L Duratec-I 6V (Sigma)............................ .......................................... ..... .303-04B
I?\ Fuel Charging and Controlsl.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel........................................303-046
Fuel Charging and Controls - Turbochargerl.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV)
\
Electrical
SECTION TITLE PAGE
General Wiring
Information
SECTION TITLE PAGE
Wiring Information
General Information.......................................................................................................700-00
Fuse and Relay Information...........................................................................................700-01
Power Distribution..........................................................................................................700-02
Grounding Strategy........................................................................................................700-03
Wiring Harness Information........................................................................................... 700-05
CONNECTORS
Blower Motor Resistor........................................................................................................
Blower Motor Switch...........................................................................................................
Air Conditioning (NC) Cycling Switch................................................................................
Air Conditioning (NC) Pressure Transducer......................................................................
Ambient Air Temperature Sensor.......................................................................................
Air Conditioning (NC) Switch.............................................................................................
Blower Motor.......................................................................................................................
Blower Motor Control Module.............................................................................................
Footwell Air Discharge Temperature Sensor......................................................................
Electronic Automatic Temperature Control (EATC) Module...............................................
Temperature Blend Door Actuator......................................................................................
In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor LH.....................................................................................
In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor RH....................................................................................
Sunload Sensor..................................................................................................................
Clutch and Clutch Field Coil...............................................................................................
Air Conditioning (NC) Clutch Diode...................................................................................
Air Conditioning (NC) Wide Open Throttle (WOT) Relay...................................................
Air Conditioning (NC) Dual Pressure Switch.....................................................................
Recirculation Blend Door Actuator.....................................................................................
Climate Control Assembly Illumination Bulbs.....................................................................
Center Register Air Discharge Temperature Sensor..........................................................
Defrost VentlRegister Blend Door Actuator........................................................................
Electronic Automatic Temperature Control (EATC) Module...............................................
Clutch and Clutch Field Coil...............................................................................................
Clutch and Clutch Field Coil...............................................................................................
1 31SFA31 BK-YE WA1.O
3 31s-FA32 BK-BU WA2.5
4S7T-14489-YLA
G323
TO HEATER BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR
HARNESS 14K024
G324
TO HEATER BLOWER SWITCH
HARNESS 14K024
W5B14A464-AEA
w
02
TO AIC COMPRESSOR CYCLING SWITCH
HARNESS 14KO11
2006.0Fiesta (G831905)
--.-.-...-.-----p-.-p----p-p.- ~ .- ........................................................ ..
...
XW4T-14A464-AVA
G427
TO AIC PRESSURE TRANSDUCER SENSOR (ST150)
HARNESS 12A522
GN-BK WA0.35
0C!kFJDw Y d . P
RSE! ME:%
~lFNR0.35~~
BK-OG WA0.35
G302
TO A/C SWITCH (HV AC CONTROL PANEL)
HAANESS 14K024
3M5T-14489-KBA
G322
TO HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
HARNESS 14K024
BK-RD WA4.0
GN-RD WA0.35
BU-YE WA0.35
3M5T-14489-VFA
G362
m HEATER BLOWER CONTROLMODULE
HARNESS 14K024
C363
TO FLOOR DISCHARGE SENSOR
HARNESS 14KO24
GN-YE WA0.35
GNRD
OG-WH BK WA0.75
BK-RD
BK-OG BK-RD WA0.35
BK-BU BK-GN WA0.35
BK-RD BK-YE WA0.35
BK-GN BK-WH WA0.35
WH-BU
YE-BU
98BG-14484RZA
G366
TO EATC MODULE (C1)
HARNESS 14K024
G369
TO AIR TEMP DM)R MOTOR
HARNESS 14K024
c-288
TO LEFT INTERIOR TEMF! SENSOR
HARNESS 14KO24
G389
TOSUNLOADSENSOR
HARNESS 14K024
XR3T-14A464-PA
G398
TO AC CLUTCH SOLONOID (ST150)
HARNESS 12A522
G400
TO N C CLUTCH DIODE
HARNESS 14K011OR 12A5Z
D4 2 91SFAll
5 15SFA1
1 15SFA11
2S6T-14A481-BA
C403
BK-YE WA0.75
GN-BU WA 1.5
GN-YE WA0.75
XRBT-1448SUA
c-611
TO RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR
HARNESS 14K024
2 31-LH27 BK WA0.35
1 29SLH27 OGGN WA0.35
4SIT-14484VNA
G620
TO HEATER PANEL ILLUMINATION LAMP
HARNESS 14K024
G364
TO PANEL DISCHARGE SENSOR
HARNESS 14K024
G368
TO MODE DOOR MOTOR
HARNESS 14K024
C367
TO EATC MODULE (C2)
HARNESS 14K024
1 31-FA6 BK WK1.O
2 15SFA6 GN-YE WK1.O
YFlT-14A464-FA
G399
TO AIC CLUTCH SOLONOID (DV6)
HARNESS 14KO11
G401
TO AIC CLUTCHSOLENOID
HARNESS 14KO11
SCHEMATICS
Blower Motor................................ . . .. ............ . . .......... ........................... ......... 412-02A-2
412-02A-3 Blower Motor
SCHEMATICS
Electric Booster Heater - VIN Plate Emission Level Code: S ........................................... 412-02B-2
Electric Booster Heater - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel.............................................. 412-02B-4
Electric Booster Heater - VIN Plate Emission Level Code: 7........................................... 412-02B-6
BIB
29REB CG-j
zr
15RE8 ON4
2 MINI F13 20A W B C 15SRN3
GN E
S R N GNE
-
E :
V
s1
s s s
2 2 C)
L 8 e t
I 91SRH9 BK-E
412-02B-3 Electric Booster Heater-VIN Plate Emission Level Code: S
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G914270)
RIR
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G914268)
412-0286 Electric Booster Heater-1.6L Duratorg-TDCi (DVI Diesel
UE1 ALT-MON
UF1 ALT-COM
UE4 GLW-WM
Css4 AIR-TEMP
CONNECTORS
Electric Booster Heater Relay 1 ..................................................................................... 412-02C-2
Electric Booster Heater Relay 2......................................................................................... 412-02C-3
Electric Booster Heater ..................................................................................................... 412-02C-4
Electric Booster Heater ................................................................................................... 412-02C-5
Electric Booster Heater ..................................................................................................... 412-02C-6
Electric Booster Heater....................................................................................................... 412-02C-7
- 2 91SFC16 BK-RD WA0.75
TF
2S6T-14A481-BA
G730
20SFC9
30-FC17
- 1 15SFC16
HARNESS 14K011
3 30-FC19 RD WA 10.0
2 S1SFC1B BK-WH WA0.75
5 20SFC15 PK-WH WA1O.O
1 15SFC18 GN-WH WA0.75
2S6T-14A481-CB
G731
TO PTC HEATER 2 RELAY
HARNESS 14K011
G756
m PTC HEATER (2)
HARNESS148324
G751
TO PTC HEATER (3)
HARNESS 1 4 W 4
SCHEMATICS
Air Conditioning..................................................................................................................
Air Conditioning - Vehicles With: Automatic Temperature Control...................................
Air Conditioning- 1.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)/l.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.4L Duratec-I6V
(Sigma)/l.6L Duratec-16V (Sigma)..................................................................................
Air Conditioning - 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, VIN Plate Emission Level Code: S..
Air Conditioning- 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, VIN Plate Emission Level Code: 7...
Air Conditioning - I.6L Duratec-I6V (Sigma), Vehicles With: 4-Speed Automatic
Transmission (AW81-40)................................. ........................ ............................ .......... ...
Air Conditioning - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel..........................................................
Air Conditioning - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14).........................................................................
InstrumentCluster Bulb
I
2006.0Fiesta (G566731)
412-03-5 Air Conditioning-Vehicles With: Automatic Temperature Control
C2-18 MSCANH
CZlQ MSCANL
cl-H EATERY
C2 3 ILLUMINATION H205
Redrmlallm F e n d W A c t u a l o r
Il
HZ28
Delmsl VyVRsglsler Blend D p r Actualor
MODECOlLC C1-18
MWECOILO cl-1Q
HlOl
ai-
% -- tm~
MO~UI~ -
c a n"."---.-
SllO
"
15SRN3 GNBU WKl5
5
:
s
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
s
.,
r\S1ca
I I
1
e I
I
I
YI m E L L
CI I
I
I
I
f C
;
0
$ 5 2
0 0
g 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
s
B
G
552
; r * II I1 3
I I
I I
I I
C2A1 DPFSLOW
CBW
P
a
BREB OGYE WA075 =RE8 CGYE WA075
ZPFA12 OGBU WA15
r1 =FA12 CG BU WAI 5
$
15RE8 GNYE WA075
15SRN2 GKBU WA25 1SSRNP GNBU WA25 r\
1 42 1 "
I I
SHO
-
- 15s RNS GN BU WK15
0 : I
I
1
I X
SIOa
5 L 1
I
1
I
I
I
L
" e I
I
I
I L F E Z
I
I
I
I
t 0
S L S
0 0
2 g
I
I
I
I -
;I a I
I
I
I P
I
I
I
I
;I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I C
I I
I I
I 19 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
pp
I 915 FA11 BK-YE WA075 re2~
I I PCM
I I MODULE
I I
I I
I I
I I
El04
14401 CBW 14KOll
/-
-
0
s z z z
S S S L S
W W W W W
5 g z g g
I
-
"7
L
. tt"
0
S
-
m 6 6 6 6
31-FA98 BK WA075
stw 8
-t
0
0
-
t"
S
"7
,-
L
H4%
er Candibonlng {AIC)Dual Press
5
1 1 1
3
;r 3- %-
0
4,-
-
A
II
2006.0 Fiesta (G914276)
-
RIB
II
2006.0 Fiesta (G564233)
2006.0 Fiesta (G564237)
412-03-15 Air Conditioning-1.6L Duratorg-TDCi (DV) Diesel
I I
2006.0 Fiesta (G564237)
2006.0 Fiesta (G564236)
412-03-17 Air Conditioning-2.0L Duratec-ST (M14)
SCHEMATICS
lnstrument Cluster and Panel lllumination- Vehicles With: Automatic Temperature
Control .............................................................................................................................. 413-00-2
Instrument Cluster and Panel Illumination- Vehicles With: Air Conditioning................... 413-00-4
lnstrument Cluster and Panel lllumination- Vehicles With: Navigation System, Vehicles
Without: Air Conditioning.................................................................................................. 413-00-?
lnstrument Cluster and Panel lllumination- 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14), Vehicles With:
Automatic Temperature Control........................................................................................ 413-00-7
2006.0 Fiesta (G564042)
413-00-3 Instrument Cluster and Panel Illumination-Vehicles With: Automatic Temperature Control
PWlO
Dnvsr Dmr Window Cmlrnl Swllch
C1-14 ILLUMINATION
." , ,
1)
I
- -- -_ _ _ - _ - - ---_ - _ -_ ,,.....".
I Audio Unll. ,...
PWlO
Driver D w r Window Ccntrol Switch
e& 111
C1-14 ILUlMlNATlON
GND '~1-12
Ib
$ -I
e& C148 IGNIIIONSENSE(ACCS) II
-I ks_arrrJaE
- - - - ----------------- - - - - -I Audio
- - - - - - - -yEE~NJ ME^
I
. .Unit . ..
I ,,, ,.
PWlO
Driver Dmr Windm C m l m l Sw~tch
i->-!%--SF- - - - - - - - - - -IISE~+j
111
11
$'b
- - - - -1 Audio
7
MFm Uni?
II
SCHEMATICS
lnstrument Cluster - 1.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)ll.4L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.6L
Duratec-16V (Sigma) ........................................................................................................ 413-01-2
Instrument Cluster - 1.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)................................................................ 413-01-4
Instrument Cluster - I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel/I.GL Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel... 413-01-6
Instrument Cluster - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14)..................................................................... 413-01-8
CONNECTORS
lnstrument Cluster............................................. .................................................... ............. 413-01-10
BJB WB
Dm2
Battery
WO
Headlamp Swttch
S R
LNlS
Instrument Cluster Bulb
I
D 28SUll OGBU WAO35
u
2SSLKlB
%FA49
OGBU
BNWH
WA035
WA050
DBO
CmuntcaUcns Nehvork
Hssdlamp Switch
I I
2006.0 Fiesta (G564252)
413-01-7 Instrument Cluster-1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Dieselll.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DVI Diesel
-12 MSCANH
8 CANH
4 CANL
23 FRONTFOGLAMP
15 REARFOGLAMP
-1 MAIN BEAM
5 TDX
MC24
E p n e ZLimBsure (EOP)>$tcJ ".
G3
014 64
080
CommunlcatlmaNetwork
CommunicabonsNetwork
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G564254)
413-01-9 Instrument Cluster-2.0L Duratec-ST (M14)
6 t +
12
-11
-9
MSCANH
S C A N
CANH
vlw
-8 CANL
-23 FAONTFOGUIMP
-15 REAR FOG UIMP
-1 MAINBEAM
-5 mx
RDX
,r--
--
LTIUMINATI~N
-7 AMBIENT AIRTEMP SNR GND
-3 AMBIENT AIRTEMP SNR RIG
-2 MESSAGECENlRESWIICH
0ILPRESS.SWITCH C1-16
NEL SENDER
FUELSENDERl
LOW BRAKE nl
CI-25
31SGC2l
BOA9
BK.OG
WH
WA0.50
WAO.50
MA5
-
14K024 2 0 14401
3lSGC20 0KO2 WA0.75
14(81
31SGC2l
12A522
y 14401
J
e
W
g
-21 NC
-13NC m G315
5 f
&
- 2 l N C
-26NC
1 flF
-
6
Mffi
MClQ MC24
cm (hn Mcol
In!lrurnent C!uatcr
Low. Breke
".,a
Fluid Warnlng Indicator
zx:>< .w.,"%":,~,.,-."..>..~...
Switch
.-,<-.,"L",.,. &
*
...
!
:,
Engine GI
" e~Pressure
",, ' ~,-,. .~
,..,,,,**.'',(EOP)w"w--~,
Switch
G339
TO ELECTRONICINSTRUMENTCLUSTER
HARNESS 14K024
SCHEMATICS
Horn - Vehicles With: Stability Assist............................................................................... 413-06-2
Horn - Vehicles Without: Stability Assist.......................................................................... 413-06-4
Horn - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Stability Assist........................... 413-06-6
Horn - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles Without: Stability Assist...................... 413-06-8
CONNECTORS
Horn .................................................................................................................................... 413-06-10
Horn ................................................................................................................................. 413-06-11
Horn ................................................................................................................................ 413-06-12
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G914278)
"'
11
I...
'--
d
-
5 ,
s
P
1 3 5264
5
s
IY
2
3
- v
13 014
C3
I I
111
----------
I;-:---------------------
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
l11
l11
I;#
r?
1
2
-
2
cd
-
Q'
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G914283)
- - -
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G914283)
C3
31619 BK WA0.Y)
BPOl
-
m
3
.-
0
4
9
st5 (
-
0
s
-
rn
s
I I
--
C1-1
ALL- -
A -
625 G'
-
413-06-7 Horn-1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel. Vehicles With: Stability Assist
RHO2
Horn
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G927748)
41 3-06-10 Horn
Information not available at this time
413-06-11 Horn
81AG14488ACA
C413
TO HORN
HARNESS 14401
G414
TO HORN
HARNESS 14401
CONNECTORS
Outside Air Temperature Sensor ........................................................................................ 413-08-2
G336
TO OUTSIDE TEMP. SENSOR
HARNESS 14401
CONNECTORS
Battery Saver Relay............................................................................................................ 414-01-2
1 BRJ40 WH-GN WK0.75
2 0-RJ17 WH-VT WA0.75
3 9-RJ40 BN-GN WK0.75
4 15SPJ40 GN-BK WA0.75
3M5T-14A464-FDB
G453
TO MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (DIESEL IV EOBD)
HARNESS 14K011
SCHEMATICS
Charging System -I.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)/l.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.4L
Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.6L Duratec-16V (Sigma) ............................................................. 414-02-2
Charging System - 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel/I.GL Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel.... 414-02-4
CONNECTORS
Generator.......................................................................................................................... 414-02-6
Generator - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14).................................................................................. 414-02-7
Generator - 1.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.4L Duratec-16V (Sigma)............................... 414-02-8
WB
-
SCC1 BK WA250 30081 RD WA60 2
8
-
I-) t+)
I
DCo2
- &new.
4"
-
G1
\
iC35
o Starter Motor
-
03
414-02-3 Charging Svstem-1.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)/l.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.4L Duratec-16V (Sinma)ll.6L Duratec-16V (Sigma)
j_ -
A
;i
29-BAS OGYE M075
El04
-
Powelfraln~ontmlMcdu!e (PCM) 46yllnder Engine , ,
-.
...... ..:
uncn C4M -rbain -
Ccntml Modu@JFM) 99llpder Engine -
46 OGYE WK075
6 BU WKO75 E1M
W"
Pave@n_Contrp? M_odule(PCM);4Cyll?d_erEngine
6 GY WK075 E1M
P ~ ~ ~ - n ~ . a ~ h ~ M o (PCM)
d ~ u l:4Cyllnde~
ule Englce '
w
F60514A464-AGA(XXX)
G404
TO ALTERNATOR
HARNESS 14K011OR 14300
1 308810 BK WA16.0
F65514463DA
G591
TO ALTERNATOR (70190A SIGMA I90A SOHCIDIESEL)
HARNESS 14300
t
SECTION 415-01A Audio Unit
VEHICLE APPLICATION:2006.0 Fiesta
CONTENTS PAGE
SCHEMATICS
Audio System................................................................................................................ 415-01A-2
Audio System - Vehicles With: Passenger Air Bag Deactivation SwitchICorded Cellular
PhoneICordless Cellular Phone................................................................................... 415-01A-4
Audio System - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14)......................................................................... 415-OIA-6
Audio System -Vehicles With: Corded Cellular PhoneICordlessCellular Phone, Vehicles
Without: Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch............................................................. 415-01A-8
Front D w r SpeakBrCH
ME07 3
Rear Dwr Speaker LH
Front D w r Speaksr AH
ME1o B
Rear D w r Speaker RH
D
El04
PCM
415-01A-3 Audio System
1 I
Cl.18 IGNITIONSENSE(ACCS)
C1-14 ILLUMINATION u
SWllCH IUUMlNATlON Y
"" 2
8 8
?
2z
C1-10 MSCANL
e
ffl
31S.MO34 BK.YE WA0.35
cl.13 ALARM SENSE SWITCHEOAt Q-2
% ! i RHO WITH PERlMElER AMITHEFT ALARM
AUXLEFrtVE C33
RIGHTREAR t VE
BAECKER W l O
NAVIDATION
do Rempls C p l l m l .
RSELEFTt VE C4-1
MEM
AudloUnR
wsw.. i
Rear IkorSpeakk
I f -'
FmnLDmr Spaker
( C1-14 MSCANH
C1-15 MSCANL
C1-33 GROUNO
C1-S4 GROUNO
C1-15 BATTERY t V E
C1-14 IUUMIMTION
C1-10 MSCANL
LEFIREAR t V E AUX L E N - VE W 9
RIGHT FROM- VE
RIGWREAR+VE
RIGM REAR-VE
RSE LEFT t VE
SUBWOOFERtVE[NOT USED)
C gDDBl RD WAB.0
I I
WB
14401 13 14K024
0
4
75DW YE-GN WA075
ME35
Anlenna
C1-I8 IGNmONSENSE(ACCS)
Cl-14 lLLUMlNATlON
CldO MSCANL
AUXLEFTt VE U 3
C M RIGHTFFiOKl- VE
CS5 -
RIGHT REAR VE
NAvIQAllON
RSELEFTtVE C4-1
MONOP+VE W 3
MECQ
nudiP,U?l' --
Cl-4 MICIN-
1-14 MSCANH
16 MSCANL
I I 1-34 GROUND
- LlNEOUTt
C1-14 IUUMlNATlON
C1-10 MSCANL
WXLEFrtVE CW
C2-5 RIGHTREAR-VE
RSELEFrtVE WI
MON02tVE CkS
SUSWOOFER t V E (NOTUSED) W
MEM
@+
.? k"! "...:
i
SECTION 415-01B lnformation and Entertainment
System
VEHICLE APPLICATION:2006.0 Fiesta
CONTENTS PAGE
CONNECTORS
Audio Unit...........................................................................................................................
Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) Player.....................................................................................
Front Door Speaker LH.......................................................................................................
Front Door Speaker RH......................................................................................................
Rear Door Speaker LH.......................................................................................................
Rear Door Speaker RH.......................................................................................................
Audio Remote Control........................................................................................................
Audio Input Socket..............................................................................................................
Portable Support Electronics (PSE) Module.......................................................................
Microphone.........................................................................................................................
Audio Unit ...........................................................................................................................
Audio Unit...........................................................................................................................
Audio Unit...........................................................................................................................
_ Audio Unit
i
...........................................................................................................................
OG-BK WA 1.0
OG-BK WA 0.35
iE:E# ii4:k
WH-GN WA0.35
BK-YE WA0.35
WH-BK WA 0.35
EN-YE WA0.35
EPP M8:%
WH-BK WA0.75
WE!#H w&9z5
GY WA 0.75
WHWA 0.75
GY%D
WH- D WA0.75
WA0.75
2L1T-14A464-CA
G344
TO RADIO
HARNESS 14K024
2006.0Fiesta (G832855)
415-01B-3 Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) Player
2LlT-14A464-DA
c-437
TO DVD PLAYER MODULE
HARNESS 148549
G52B
TO FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (RHS)
HARNESS 14A584
G533
TO REAR DOOR SPEAKER (LHS)
HARNESS 14A584
XR3T-14A464-AA
C534
TO REAR DOOR SPEAKER (RHS)
HARNESS 14A584
G681
TO RADIOREMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
HARNESS 14K024
G779
TO AUDIO JACK
HARNESS 14K024
2 9 C I
OG-YE WA0.75
OG-YE W A . 7 5
4 4&MCB WA0.50
1X4T-1448SHA
G796
TO HANDS FREE PHONE MODULE
HARNESS 14C007
HARNESS 14K024
HARNESS 14KO24
HARNESS 14K024
HARNESS 14K024
6 4EMD37 WA0.35
EMD36 WKGN WA0.35 5 8-M035 WKBU WA0.35
G778
TO RADIO (CONN.C4)
HARNESS 14K024
.' .
I
'.
SECTION 417-01 Exterior Lighting
VEHICLE APPLICATION:2006.0 Fiesta
CONTENTS
SCHEMATICS
Headlamps ..........................................................................................................................
Headlamps -- Vehicles With: Headlamp Leveling.............................................................
Headlamps -- 2.OL Duratec-HE (M14), Vehicles With: Headlamp Leveling.......................
Headlamps -- Vehicles With: Autolamps...........................................................................
Fog Lamps ..........................................................................................................................
Stoplamps...........................................................................................................................
Stoplamps - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14).................................................................................
Turn Signal and Hazard Lamps ..........................................................................................
Reversing Lamps - Vehicles With: 4-Speed Automatic Transmission (AW81-40)...........
Reversing Lamps - 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) DieselIl.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel,
Vehicles With: 5-Speed Manual Transmission (iB5).........................................................
Reversing Lamps - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14)......................................................................
Reversing Lamps - Vehicles With: 5-Speed Manual Transmission (iB5).........................
,+(
(--
CONNECTORS
Autolamp and Rain Sensor.................................................................................................
Autolamp Relay...................................................................................................................
Reversing Lamp Relay.......................................................................................................
Headlamp High Beam Relay..............................................................................................
Headlamp Low Beam Relay...............................................................................................
Side Turn Signal Lamp RH .................................................................................................
Headlamp Assembly LH .....................................................................................................
Side Turn Signal Lamp LH ..................................................................................................
Headlamp Assembly RH ....................................................................................................
Rear Lamp Assembly LH ....................................................................................................
High Mounted Stoplamp.....................................................................................................
Front Fog Lamp RH............................................................................................................
Front Fog Lamp LH.............................................................................................................
License Plate Lamp LH ......................................................................................................
License Plate Lamp RH......................................................................................................
Headlamp Switch................................................................................................................
Stoplamp Switch.................................................................................................................
Rear Lamp Assembly RH ...................................................................................................
High Mounted Stoplamp.....................................................................................................
License Plate Lamp LH ......................................................................................................
License Plate Lamp RH ......................................................................................................
I
I I
2006.0 Fiesta (G914291)
15U)tO GNOG WA1.O
G338 7 .
417-01-11 Fog Lamps
Cl-'1 Clb
58d
58 D 58WL
Cl-18 1-15 0191
I I
2006.0 Fiesta (G563922)
2006.0 Fiesta (G563927)
417-01-19 revers in^ Lamps-Vehicles With: 4-Speed Automatic Transmission (AW81-40)
BIB UB
AT%yB
I F5 WA 301181 RD WAS0
=-'-b--
c ~ ~ * v ~
I
o
s
I 24889 CGBK WA075
-
-
Gl
l4K024 14K021
,u
s109 X
0
0
L L
e
7
W
W
5
3 W
o
0
m
s s
I 3 3
7
s t
14KOll
14401
..
15LG28 GNWH
c42t
LIB
Uftgat+goaoe Lamps RH
Cornpartme?tmU? .
617
BIB WB
3
E
2
P
- f;
=
5 *
8g - e
g z Es
LS36
..
Uflg8,tdyggageCcmpm@nt Ud-&psRH
617 618
2 31-LE36 BK WA 0.75
5 15LE29 GN-BK WA0.75 + 15LE32 GN-WH WA0.75
1 ISLE36 GN-WH WA0.75
G418
TO AUTOLAMP RELAY
HARNESS 14401
E4
G411
1 15s-LEI2
5 15SDB6
3 30-LEI3
GN-YE WA0.75
GN-WH WA6.0
RD WA6.O
E4
2S6T-14A481-AA
1 15SLE19
5 15SDB7
3 30LE20
GN-BU WA0.75
GN-YE
RD WA6.O
WA6.0
HARNESS 14401
2 31-LG20 BK WA 0.75
1 44LG20 BU-WH WA075
4M5T-13K370WUMMY
W 2
TO RIGHT SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP
HARNESS14401
HARNESS 14401
2 31-LG13 BK WA0.75
1 44LG13 BU-RD WA0.75
4M5T-13K37DAA-DUMMY
G337
TO LEFT SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP
HARNESS 14401
1 49-LG12 BU WA0.75
2 29SLFll OGWH WA 0.50
4 31-LF23 BK WA 1.0
5 15SLG39B GN-ffi WA0.75
6 15SLD6A GN-YE WA1.O
3 15SLG14 GN-RD WA0.75
G333
TO LEFT COMBINED REAR LAMP
HARNESS 14401
2006.0Fiesta (G830466)
G550
TO CENTER HIGH STOP LAMP
HARNESS 17K400
5S6T-14A464-FB
C421
TO RIGHT FRONT FOG LAMP
HARNESS 14401
5S6T-14A464-FB
G415
TO LEFT FROM FOG LAMP
HARNESS 14401
93BG-14474-ZAA
G758
m LEFT LICENSE PLATE LAMP
HARNESS 17K400
G355
TO STOP LAMP SWITCH
HARNESS 14401
C348
TO RIGHT COMBINED REAR LAMP
HARNESS 14401
C550
TO CENTER HIGHSTOP LAMP
HARNESS 17K400
2006.0Fiesta (G833871)
- - -- -- . - --- - -
G759
TO LEFT LICENSE PLATE LAMP
HARNESS 17K400
SCHEMATICS
Courtesy and Demand Lighting -- .........................................................................
Courtesy and Demand Lighting -- 5-Door.........................................................................
Courtesy and Demand Lighting -- 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14) RHD ........................................
CONNECTORS
Front lnterior Lamp.............................................................................................................
Rear Interior Lamp ..............................................................................................................
Luggage Compartment Lamp.............................................................................................
Rear Map Reading Lamp LH..............................................................................................
Rear Map Reading Lamp RH.............................................................................................
Front lnterior Lamp.............................................................................................................
-
(=)
Rear lnterior Lamp..............................................................................................................
Front Interior Lamp.............................................................................................................
417-02-3 Courtesy and Demand Lightina-3-Door
PL84
Pasenger D w r Latch
W28
z z
1 3 0555
R44
2 1 UftgaLe&ugg?ge Cmps-$eniUd AlarSwit* r
32
rn X
,..
s s
I Y
" "
A
SMI
PL71 PL71
D y e r Side Rear Owr Latch ' Dnver Side Rear D w r Latch
ONLY USED IN
'I!
PLM PL63
Passenger D w r Latch Dnwr D w r Latch
LNU)
Fmnt lnlenor Lamp
C761
c839 3lSLC7 BK-BU WA035
I I
31 LC7 BK WAO3S s251 31-LC7A BK WA035
14401 114395
C-\
IS SENSOR
,-
GI7
91AG-13K370-AB
G576
TO LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP
HARNESS 14401
94BG-1448SLCB
C491
TO LEFT REAR MAP-READINGLAMP
HARNESS 14335
C490
TO RIGHT REAR MAP-READING LAMP
HARNESS 14335
81AG14488GA
G751
TO FRONT DOME LAMP
HARNESS 14335
81AG-14488-GA
G753
TO REAR DOME LAMP
HARNESS 14335
! E 21 B-GLIO BN WA0.35
2SIT-14484DA
G769
TO FRONT DOME LAMP (ST150)
HARNESS 14335
SCHEMATICS
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) .......................................................................................... 417-04-2
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14)................................................ 417-04-4
CONNECTORS
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay ............................................................................... 417-04-6
I " IT-
I ISLE12 GN-YE WA0.75
I I I I
ISLE11 GNWH WA050 lSLE12.4 GKYE WA075 1SLEl9 GNEU WA075
V
LS34
Sleenng Column MythlunctlmSwIJdl
I
1SLE14A GKRD WA0.75
I
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G563955)
417-04-3 Davtime Running Lamps (DRL)
HARNESS 14401
SCHEMATICS
Diagnostics....................... ............ ................................... ............... ......... ...........................
Communications Network - 1.4L Duratec-16V (Sigma), Vehicles With: Automated
Gearshift...........................................................................................................................
Communications Network - I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Automated
Gearshift...........................................................................................................................
Communications Network-Vehicles With: 4-Speed Automatic Transmission (AW81-40).
Communications Network - 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel..........................................
Communications Network - 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, VIN Plate Emission Level
Code: S, Vehicles With: Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)..................................................
Communications Network - 1.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)ll.25L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.4L
Duratec-I6V (Sigma)ll.6L Duratec-I 6V (Sigma).............................................................
Communications Network - I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, VIN Plate Emission Level
Code: S, Vehicles With: Stability AssistlAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)..........................
Communications Network -1 -6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS).........................................................................................................
Communications Network - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Stability
AssistlAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)..............................................................................
Communications Network - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Traction
ControlIStability Assist......................................................................................................
Communications Network - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS).........................................................................................................
Communications Network - 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Stability
AssistlAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)..............................................................................
Communications Network - 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS).........................................................................................................
Communications Network - 1.3L DuratecSV (Rocam)/l.4L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.GL
Duratec-16V (Sigma), Vehicles With: Stability AssistlAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS).....
Communications Network - 1.3L Duratec-8V (Rocam)/l.4L Duratec-16V (Sigma)/l.GL
Duratec-16V (Sigma), Vehicles With: Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS).............................
Communications Network - I.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel..........................................
Communications Network - Mid-Speed (MS) Controller Area Network (CAN) Bus -
Vehicles Without: Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch...............................................
Communications Network - Mid-Speed (MS) Controller Area Network (CAN) Bus -
Vehicles With: Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch................... :................................
CONNECTORS
Data Link Connector (DLC).................................... ..................................................... 418-00-40
( '"!
.:j
, .."
418-00-3 Diaqnostics
ABSIABS ESP
CAOl
Anti-I-& Bfa!ie System (ABS) Module
Elm
~~!sC'OTLS"?L . .. ..
MCOl
""W ',..
., Uuster
lneburnent ..,- " " .,,...".
r
----------
0804
-.Date Unk Connedor
,*&,,,"*.,m,"~.,,
.
% "~.(DLC)
.
.. ,> ...,<,.**::!
CAOl
A n U - e B d e S y s l e m (ABS),Moduls , .
----------
DBM
!?a!%@? ",",,i
C.o?J"d?;(~b!).~
CAD1
Anh-Lodn B e e Syslern (A=) Module
y, - /a s TERMINATING
St4
14401 14K024
MCOl
Instrument
<>,".".','. .. ClualEr,
>.
,,,,,":
El04
PDwen@n CTtrd Module (PCM) - 4-Winder Eng!ne
418-00-11 Communications Network-1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
---
C3M
CAN-L C143
5EC7 BURD WA0.75 2- 5EC8 BUWH WA0.75
14KOll 23 14401
B r a e Syalem (ABS) Module
------__---__I
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
MCOI
,.,., , :
i~=lrur?en!~lualer
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G563443)
bEC7 GY4D WA0.75 0
CANL Cl.Fl0
5EC7 BURD WA0.75 1
14KOll 23 14401
El04
ye""? Go?'* M*u!? lPC,M).P:%i?de' Engine .,. .
, .:
sleln (ABS) M,cdule
-------
MCOl
!"'Nm""!.C'U"'" ... ..... !
----------
0804
os'a.~%ccnneaOrcocc!.,.,. , ~ ?
CADI
Anti-Lr
---
c-3W
r"
5
I
El04
R,,.-.
y M..,,,,n...,
Cunhl....,..,.Mpdul?,(P,CMJ- 4Cylindar En~ine, ,,,. , ;
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G563445)
0804
Data Unk Ccnnoctor(DLC)
,.,,."-.~.".*.-....*.*'*-
,%
,,.,,
.-
CAD1
CAW Anti-LC& B&R Sy
Yaw Rsle Sene+v,
c-3
2 2
5 s
c4 c4
rh
P*
I
>
e
9
I__------------------
#;
gh-&i-c;--------------------------l
C3=CON:CH 1'1
I
111 CEC7 GY.RD WA0.75 0 4.ECB GY-VT WA0.75 sly
ii - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
;#I
111
B-DiuH
0-D-CANL
=A4
BAS
1
5EC7 BURD WA0.75 : ' 1
14x011 23 14401
5ECB BLWH WA0.75
I'-=-----------------------------------i~
El04
---------------
I I;--------------------------
TERMINATING I I
cl-g
C1-8
cWH
CANL
p i $ 1
111
---
- - - -- ---
- - -----
- - - ---
1;1
-------------I
---
MCOl
~.ty?!%!c'u,Bter.,. ,.
El04
@!??"?.~@,M$Ule (qCM),- 4Cylinder Engine , , ;
418-00-23Communications Network-I.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Traction ControllStabilitv Assist
\01
l - L c d B&e Syelsm (ABS) Moduls
---------------
I- - _ _ _ _ _ - - - _ _ _ _ - - - - - - ,
+EC7 GYRO WA0.75 0 bECB G W WA0.75 s1s
CAN-H C1-A4 r""4
bEC7 BURD WA0.75 SEW BUWH WA0.75
CAN-L C143 d
14KOll 29 14401
-----------------a-
El04
%Fn.+F M*!!!e(qCM1:.4Cy!i!?!~! Engine , ..
- --- - - -
stem (485)Module
D
m
,Dala U& Connector (DLC) .-.--.
.,.,".~..-*,,w~...M.-*-.." !
CAOI
Anti-LC
iif-1
111
Ill
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
---
1 '----
418-00-29 Communications Network-1.4L Duratorp-TDCi (DV) Diesel, Vehicles With: Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
CAW CAOl
Yaw Rate Sanwr Anti-Lodc Br&e Sy
c x 3
5 5
5 s
9 e%
2
N N
2 2+
I
3
>
e
e
1
. CWH ClAl
4.EC7 GYRD WA0.75 Cy 4.ECB GY-YI WA0.75 S13
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G564321)
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G564311)
El04
Povprtnun Ccntrol M e l e (PCM) - 4-Cylinder Englne
418-00-35 Communications Network-1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel
I --- - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - _-
14401 14kQ24 ! ------------I
'
CB GY-VT WA0.75 TERMINATING '
C1.8 CAN L
MWi
lnstnImenl
.,, Uusler
.,., "..'..,.,.~.~-a".v.' ,*~.
,G A14
----------
DBM
cate.!"kconn,*rc!,c) ,,--.;,
-
-
418-00-37 Communications Network Mid-Speed (MS) Controller Area Network (CAN) Bus--Vehicles Without: Passenqer Air Bag Deactivation
Switch
Contro!M$uIa , ,
C112 MSCANH
-
418-00-39 Communications Network Mid-Speed (MS) Controller Area Network (CAN) Bus--Vehicles With: Passenqer Air Bag Deactivation Switch
MMl
i:gN.m?s.%!%r,*,._/
95GG-1448SZTA
C308
TO DATA UNK CONNECTOR
HARNESS 14K024
SCHEMATICS
Anti-Theft Alarm System - RHD .................................................................................... 419-01A-2
Anti-Theft Alarm System - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14), Vehicles With: Anti-Theft Alarm Horn
with Integral Battery....................................................................................................... 419-01A-4
CONNECTORS
Anti-Theft Alarm Horn ...................................................................................................... 419-01A-6
Anti-Theft Alarm Horn with Integral Battery...................................................................... 419-OIA-7
LiftgateILuggage Compartment Lid Anti-Theft Inhibit Switch............................................. 419-01A-8
LiftgateILuggage Compartment Lid Ajar Switch................................................................. 419-01A-9
Hood Switch...................................................................................................................... 419-01A-I 0
317 31SGL27 BK4G WA0.35
LH FRONT D W R AJAR
05
PL71
pkwr Side R ~ apr a r @$I .
2006.0 Fiesta (G914306)
419-01A-3 Anti-Theft Alarm System-RHD
I
2006.0 Fiesta (G914306)
- - - -
- - -- - -
- pp
IMRUSIONSENSORTRIGGER C2 18
INrFlUSlONSENSORPOWER C2 17
025
C603
TO ANTI THEFT HORN
HARNESS 14401
1 31-GBll BK WA0.75
2 SGBll BN-BU WA0.75
3 29-GB11 OGWA1.O
3M5T.14A464-DCA
cnr
TO B A i l I R I BACKUP SOUNDER
HARNESS 14401
G565
TO TAILGATE DECKUD AJAR SWITCH
HARNESS 17K400
C-604
TO HOOD SWITCH
HARNESS 971113
(:
SECTION 419-01B Anti-Theft Passive -
VEHICLE APPLICATION:2006.0 Fiesta
CONTENTS PAGE
SCHEMATICS
Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS) ..................................................................................... 419-01B-2
Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS)- 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, VIN Plate Emission
Level Code: S.. ............................................................................................................... 419-01B-4
Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS)- 1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, VIN Plate Emission
Level Code: 7 ................................................................................................................ 419-01B-6
Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS) - 2.OL Duratec-ST (M14)............................................ 419-01B-8
Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS) -I.6L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel............................. 419-01B-I 0
CONNECTORS
Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS) Module ...................................................................... 419-01B-12
I ' r . (5"Fuel Pump and Sender Unlt
-
I
0 SEW BUWH WA075
CammunicabonsNetwork
"
DBO (mo l n &Em GY-VI WA075
V
Campun!c$~s N e _ h u ~ $ ~ -
1 I
1 I
I I
MI IGNCVLZZ
M3 IGNCYL 1-4
419-018-5 Passive Anti-Theft System (PATSk1.4L Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel. VIN Plate Emission Level Code: S
I I
I I
I I
i
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
15SRN3 GKBU WKl.5
I I
I I
I I
I I ,,Sloe
I I \J
I I
15RE8 GKYE WA0.75
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
2 2 2
" , " , " ,
I
I
I
I
s s s
I I Y Y Y
DC26 I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
- -2 , 2
-
I I
2 5
I
I
I
I
e s I
I
I
I
9 9
m C)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
C3D2 PWRLY-CONT
I I
I I
I I
I I
-
ConkdModule (PCM) 4 g" l .-".-~."
,,-'-.-,.",,.-~..~-,x~ ,."".
n d e r Engine
G342
TO PASSIVE ANTI THEFT TRANSCEIVERMODULE
HARNESS 14K024
2006.0 Fiesta(6830504)
419-10-1 Multifunction Electronic Modules 419-10-1
SCHEMATICS
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) - LHD ......................................................................... 419-10-2
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) - RHD........................................................................ 419-10-4
CONNECTORS
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) ...................................................................................... 419-10-6
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) ...................................................................................... 419-10-7
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) ...................................................................................... 419-10-8
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) ...................................................................................... 419-10-9
Generic Electronic Module (GEM) ...................................................................................... 419-10-10
-~ ~- --
3lSAAl1 BK-WH
31SAA70 BK-WH
31SAA78 BK-BU
3 1 S M BKGN
3lSHB22 BKGN
RW2 FROM HEATED REAR WINDOW AND HEATEDMIRRORS
C1-7
C2.2
V.BAlT.MI.LIGHTING
vBATTHEATED BACKLIE
MSCANH C523
c5z kz +Em4
5EC14
Gym
BMK
WA0.M
WAW
o
W,O
W.0
DBO TOMSCAN
000 TOMSCAN
C1 4 VBATTNRNSIGNAL
C2 8 RESUSWITCH (LHS) BATTERY SAVER OUTPUT C98 LNll TOCOURTESY AND DEMAND LlGHllNG
C2 9 LOCKSWITCH (LHS) HEATED BACKUTETEUTAIL C512 ROO2 TO HEATED REAR WINWW ANDHEATE0 MIRRORS
C2 21 RESETSWITCH(RHS) HEATED BACKLITE RBAY OLWUT C2-1 ROO2 TOHEATEO REAR WINWW ANOHEATEOMIRRORS
C518 FRONT WIPER INTERVAL/WIO SWIICH UNLOCK DRIVEROOORMOTOR W2 PLO TOPOWER DOOR LOCK
C54 REAR WIPER WASHER SWITCH DLMOXIRS(WS) C28 PLO TO POWER DOOR LOCK
C518 HAZARD WARNINGSWITCH MlRRORUNFaLD '22-18 PMZO FROM POWER FOLDING MIRROR
3lSMlO BK-RO
31SM7B BK"NH
ISM78 BK-BU
31SAA21 BKGN
DM HEATD WINDSHIM
31SLG8 BKGG
LW FRDMNRN HAZARDLAMPS
ISLE148 ON-RD
LF23 FROMHEAOU\MPS
315017 BK-BU
RHO2 FRDMHORN
31SOLZ7 BKOG
RIO moMPERIMETER~EF
3lSMDW BK-YE
ME03 F R W WDlO
ST160 1
I
2006.0Fiesta (G914310)
419-10-5 Generic Electronic Module (GEMkRHD
I
MSCANL C522
LS42 T O N R N t l M M D LAMPS
CZ 20 VBATT POWER FOLD MIRRORS
LHFRONTNRN C1 3 LS42 TONRNMAZARD LAMPS
C4 10 IGNITIONSWITCH
W Z TONRNMAZARDLAMPS
C1-10 UNLOCKSWllCH (LHS) BACKUP LAMP SWITCH C4-11 LSlO TO BACKUP LAMPS
C2 9 LOCK SWITCH(LHS) HEATED BACKUTETELLTAlL C512 RDOZ TOHEATED REAR WINWW ANOHEATED MIRRORS
C2 21 RESETSWITCH(RHS) HEATED BACKLITERELAY OUTPUT C2-1 ROO2 TOHEATED REAR WINWANDHEATED MIRRORS
M-13 SETSWITCH (RHq REAR WIPER RELAY OUTPUT C4-5 AWO TO ~ O N T ~ E AWIPEWASHER
R
M 10 LOCKSWISCH(RHS) FRONT WIPER FAST C4-3 RWO TOFRONlREAR WIPEWASHER XITO WIPER
I
\ V1 4 FROM WIPER PARKSWITCH ISOSERIAL W M M S m WUN SENSOR C122 RWO TOFRONTIREAR WIPEWASHER
C58 HEATED WINDSCREEN BUITDN HEATED WINDSCREENTELLTAIL C58 RWB TOHEATED WINDSHIELD
C519 FRONT WIPER IMERYALlAUTOSWIICH UNLOCK DRNER DOOR MOTOR C4-2 PUI TOPOWER DOOR LOCK
C54 REAR WIPER WASHER SWITCH DL MOTORS (LHS) C M PLO TO POWER DOOR LOCK
C520 REAR WIPER IEI1ERYALSWITCH PLO TOPOWER DOOR LOCK
C117 RH REAR WOR AJAR BACKUPSWNDERSIGNAL CP19 AT0 TO ANn THEFTSENSINGAND ALARM
&I6 HAZARO WARNING SWITCH MIRROR UNFOLD C2-16 PM20 FROM POWERFOLDING MIRROR
1S7T-14489-HC
G319
TO GENERIC ELECTRONICMODULE (PE1) 1 (IPL)
HARNESS 14401
HARNESS 14401
C317
' 7
TO GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE (PP2) 1 (BR)
HARNESS 14401
- .
BK ~ ~ 1 . 0 '
OG-WH WA1.O
YE-AD WA1.O .
, ,
HARNESS14401 - a
2006.0 Fiesta(5833855)